1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 113 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 114 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 115 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 116 * restrictions. 117 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 118 */ 119 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 122 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20, 141 }; 142 143 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 144 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 145 146 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 147 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 148 149 /** 150 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 151 * 152 * This structure describes a single channel for use 153 * with cfg80211. 154 * 155 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 156 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 157 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 158 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 159 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 160 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 161 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 162 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 163 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 164 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 165 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 166 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 167 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 168 * @orig_mag: internal use 169 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 170 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 171 * on this channel. 172 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 173 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 174 */ 175 struct ieee80211_channel { 176 enum nl80211_band band; 177 u32 center_freq; 178 u16 freq_offset; 179 u16 hw_value; 180 u32 flags; 181 int max_antenna_gain; 182 int max_power; 183 int max_reg_power; 184 bool beacon_found; 185 u32 orig_flags; 186 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 187 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 188 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 189 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 190 }; 191 192 /** 193 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 194 * 195 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 196 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 197 * different bands/PHY modes. 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 200 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 201 * with CCK rates. 202 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 203 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 204 * core code when registering the wiphy. 205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 206 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 207 * core code when registering the wiphy. 208 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 209 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 210 * core code when registering the wiphy. 211 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 212 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 213 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 214 */ 215 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 216 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 217 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 218 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 219 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 220 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 221 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 222 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 223 }; 224 225 /** 226 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 227 * 228 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 229 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 230 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 231 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 232 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 233 */ 234 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 235 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 236 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 237 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 238 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 239 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 240 }; 241 242 /** 243 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 244 * 245 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 246 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 247 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 248 */ 249 enum ieee80211_privacy { 250 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 251 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 252 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 253 }; 254 255 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 256 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 257 258 /** 259 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 260 * 261 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 262 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 263 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 264 * passed around. 265 * 266 * @flags: rate-specific flags 267 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 268 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 269 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 270 * short preamble is used 271 */ 272 struct ieee80211_rate { 273 u32 flags; 274 u16 bitrate; 275 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 276 }; 277 278 /** 279 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 280 * 281 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 282 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 283 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 284 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 285 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 286 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 287 * members of the SRG 288 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 289 * used by members of the SRG 290 */ 291 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 292 bool enable; 293 u8 sr_ctrl; 294 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 295 u8 min_offset; 296 u8 max_offset; 297 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 298 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 299 }; 300 301 /** 302 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 303 * 304 * @color: the current color. 305 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 306 * @partial: define the AID equation. 307 */ 308 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 309 u8 color; 310 bool enabled; 311 bool partial; 312 }; 313 314 /** 315 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 316 * 317 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 318 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 319 * 320 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 321 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 322 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 323 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 324 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 325 */ 326 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 327 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 328 bool ht_supported; 329 u8 ampdu_factor; 330 u8 ampdu_density; 331 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 332 }; 333 334 /** 335 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 336 * 337 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 338 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 339 * 340 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 341 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 342 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 343 */ 344 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 345 bool vht_supported; 346 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 347 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 348 }; 349 350 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 351 352 /** 353 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 354 * 355 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 356 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 357 * 358 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 359 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 360 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 361 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 362 */ 363 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 364 bool has_he; 365 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 366 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 367 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 368 }; 369 370 /** 371 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 372 * 373 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 374 * and NSS Set field" 375 * 376 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 377 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 378 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 379 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 380 */ 381 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 382 union { 383 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 384 struct { 385 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 386 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 387 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 388 } __packed bw; 389 } __packed; 390 } __packed; 391 392 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 393 394 /** 395 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 396 * 397 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 398 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 399 * 400 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 401 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 402 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 403 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 404 */ 405 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 406 bool has_eht; 407 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 408 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 409 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 410 }; 411 412 /** 413 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 414 * 415 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 416 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 417 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 418 * 419 * @types_mask: interface types mask 420 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 421 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 422 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 423 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 424 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 425 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 426 */ 427 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 428 u16 types_mask; 429 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 430 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 431 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 432 struct { 433 const u8 *data; 434 unsigned int len; 435 } vendor_elems; 436 }; 437 438 /** 439 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 440 * 441 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 442 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 443 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 444 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 445 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 446 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 447 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 448 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 449 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 450 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 451 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 452 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 453 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 454 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 455 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 456 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 457 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 458 */ 459 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 460 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 461 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 462 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 463 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 464 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 465 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 466 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 467 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 468 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 469 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 470 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 471 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 472 }; 473 474 /** 475 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 476 * 477 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 478 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 479 * 480 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 481 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 482 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 483 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 484 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 485 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 486 */ 487 struct ieee80211_edmg { 488 u8 channels; 489 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 490 }; 491 492 /** 493 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 494 * 495 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 496 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 497 * 498 * @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA 499 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 500 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 501 */ 502 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 503 bool s1g; 504 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 505 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 506 }; 507 508 /** 509 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 510 * 511 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 512 * is able to operate in. 513 * 514 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 515 * in this band. 516 * @band: the band this structure represents 517 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 518 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 519 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 520 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 521 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 522 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 523 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 524 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 525 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 526 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 527 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 528 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 529 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 530 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 531 * iftype_data). 532 */ 533 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 534 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 535 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 536 enum nl80211_band band; 537 int n_channels; 538 int n_bitrates; 539 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 540 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 541 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 542 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 543 u16 n_iftype_data; 544 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 545 }; 546 547 /** 548 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 549 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 550 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 551 * 552 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 553 */ 554 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 555 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 556 u8 iftype) 557 { 558 int i; 559 560 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 561 return NULL; 562 563 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 564 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 565 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 566 567 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 568 return data; 569 } 570 571 return NULL; 572 } 573 574 /** 575 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 576 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 577 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 578 * 579 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 580 */ 581 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 582 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 583 u8 iftype) 584 { 585 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 586 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 587 588 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 589 return &data->he_cap; 590 591 return NULL; 592 } 593 594 /** 595 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 596 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 597 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 598 * 599 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 600 */ 601 static inline __le16 602 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 603 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 604 { 605 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 606 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 607 608 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 609 return 0; 610 611 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 612 } 613 614 /** 615 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 616 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 617 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 618 * 619 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 620 */ 621 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 622 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 623 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 624 { 625 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 626 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 627 628 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 629 return &data->eht_cap; 630 631 return NULL; 632 } 633 634 /** 635 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 636 * 637 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 638 * 639 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 640 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 641 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 642 * 643 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 644 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 645 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 646 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 647 * without affecting other devices. 648 * 649 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 650 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 651 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 652 */ 653 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 654 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 655 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 656 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 657 { 658 } 659 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 660 661 662 /* 663 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 664 */ 665 666 /** 667 * DOC: Actions and configuration 668 * 669 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 670 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 671 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 672 * operations use are described separately. 673 * 674 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 675 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 676 * 677 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 678 * in a separate chapter. 679 */ 680 681 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 682 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 683 684 /** 685 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 686 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 687 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 688 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 689 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 690 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 691 * determine the address as needed. 692 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 693 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 694 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 695 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 696 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 697 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 698 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 699 */ 700 struct vif_params { 701 u32 flags; 702 int use_4addr; 703 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 704 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 705 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 706 }; 707 708 /** 709 * struct key_params - key information 710 * 711 * Information about a key 712 * 713 * @key: key material 714 * @key_len: length of key material 715 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 716 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 717 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 718 * length given by @seq_len. 719 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 720 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 721 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 722 */ 723 struct key_params { 724 const u8 *key; 725 const u8 *seq; 726 int key_len; 727 int seq_len; 728 u16 vlan_id; 729 u32 cipher; 730 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 731 }; 732 733 /** 734 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 735 * @chan: the (control) channel 736 * @width: channel width 737 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 738 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 739 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 740 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 741 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 742 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 743 * parameters are ignored. 744 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 745 */ 746 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 747 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 748 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 749 u32 center_freq1; 750 u32 center_freq2; 751 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 752 u16 freq1_offset; 753 }; 754 755 /* 756 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 757 */ 758 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 759 struct { 760 u32 legacy; 761 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 762 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 763 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 764 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 765 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 766 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 767 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 768 }; 769 770 771 /** 772 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 773 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 774 * of the peer. 775 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 776 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 777 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 778 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 779 * @retry_long: retry count value 780 * @retry_short: retry count value 781 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 782 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 783 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 784 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 785 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 786 */ 787 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 788 bool config_override; 789 u8 tids; 790 u64 mask; 791 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 792 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 793 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 794 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 795 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 796 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 797 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 798 }; 799 800 /** 801 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 802 * @peer: Station's MAC address 803 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 804 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 805 */ 806 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 807 const u8 *peer; 808 u32 n_tid_conf; 809 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 810 }; 811 812 /** 813 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 814 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 815 * @kek: FILS KEK 816 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 817 * @snonce: STA Nonce 818 * @anonce: AP Nonce 819 */ 820 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 821 const u8 *macaddr; 822 const u8 *kek; 823 u8 kek_len; 824 const u8 *snonce; 825 const u8 *anonce; 826 }; 827 828 /** 829 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 830 * @chandef: the channel definition 831 * 832 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 833 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 834 */ 835 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 836 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 837 { 838 switch (chandef->width) { 839 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 840 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 841 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 842 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 843 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 844 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 845 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 846 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 847 default: 848 WARN_ON(1); 849 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 850 } 851 } 852 853 /** 854 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 855 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 856 * @channel: the control channel 857 * @chantype: the channel type 858 * 859 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 860 */ 861 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 862 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 863 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 864 865 /** 866 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 867 * @chandef1: first channel definition 868 * @chandef2: second channel definition 869 * 870 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 871 * identical, %false otherwise. 872 */ 873 static inline bool 874 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 875 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 876 { 877 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 878 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 879 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 880 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 881 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 882 } 883 884 /** 885 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 886 * 887 * @chandef: the channel definition 888 * 889 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 890 */ 891 static inline bool 892 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 893 { 894 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 895 } 896 897 /** 898 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 899 * @chandef1: first channel definition 900 * @chandef2: second channel definition 901 * 902 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 903 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 904 */ 905 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 906 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 907 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 908 909 /** 910 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 911 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 912 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 913 */ 914 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 915 916 /** 917 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 918 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 919 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 920 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 921 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 922 */ 923 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 924 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 925 u32 prohibited_flags); 926 927 /** 928 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 929 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 930 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 931 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 932 * Returns: 933 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 934 */ 935 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 936 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 937 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 938 939 /** 940 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 941 * 942 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 943 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 944 * 945 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 946 * 947 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 948 */ 949 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 950 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 951 { 952 switch (chandef->width) { 953 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 954 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 955 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 956 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 957 default: 958 break; 959 } 960 return 0; 961 } 962 963 /** 964 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 965 * 966 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 967 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 968 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 969 * 970 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 971 * 972 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 973 */ 974 static inline int 975 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 976 { 977 switch (chandef->width) { 978 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 979 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 980 chandef->chan->max_power); 981 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 982 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 983 chandef->chan->max_power); 984 default: 985 break; 986 } 987 return chandef->chan->max_power; 988 } 989 990 /** 991 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 992 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 993 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 994 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 995 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 996 */ 997 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 998 unsigned long band_mask, 999 u32 prohibited_flags); 1000 1001 /** 1002 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1003 * 1004 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1005 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1006 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1007 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1008 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1009 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1010 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1011 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1012 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1013 * 1014 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1015 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1016 */ 1017 enum survey_info_flags { 1018 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1019 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1020 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1021 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1022 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1023 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1024 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1025 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1026 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1027 }; 1028 1029 /** 1030 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1031 * 1032 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1033 * record to report global statistics 1034 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1035 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1036 * optional 1037 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1038 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1039 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1040 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1041 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1042 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1043 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1044 * 1045 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1046 * 1047 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1048 * channel duty cycle etc. 1049 */ 1050 struct survey_info { 1051 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1052 u64 time; 1053 u64 time_busy; 1054 u64 time_ext_busy; 1055 u64 time_rx; 1056 u64 time_tx; 1057 u64 time_scan; 1058 u64 time_bss_rx; 1059 u32 filled; 1060 s8 noise; 1061 }; 1062 1063 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 1064 1065 /** 1066 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1067 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1068 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1069 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1070 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1071 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1072 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1073 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1074 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1075 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1076 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1077 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1078 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1079 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1080 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1081 * protocol frames. 1082 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1083 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1084 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1085 * port for mac80211 1086 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 1087 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 1088 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 1089 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1090 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1091 * offload) 1092 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1093 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1094 * 1095 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1096 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1097 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1098 * such a scenario. 1099 * 1100 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1101 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1102 * 1103 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1104 * Allow hash-to-element only 1105 * 1106 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1107 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1108 */ 1109 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1110 u32 wpa_versions; 1111 u32 cipher_group; 1112 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1113 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1114 int n_akm_suites; 1115 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 1116 bool control_port; 1117 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1118 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1119 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1120 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1121 struct key_params *wep_keys; 1122 int wep_tx_key; 1123 const u8 *psk; 1124 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1125 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1126 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1127 }; 1128 1129 /** 1130 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1131 * 1132 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1133 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1134 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1135 */ 1136 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1137 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1138 u8 index; 1139 bool ema; 1140 }; 1141 1142 /** 1143 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1144 * 1145 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1146 * 1147 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1148 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1149 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1150 */ 1151 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1152 u8 cnt; 1153 struct { 1154 const u8 *data; 1155 size_t len; 1156 } elem[]; 1157 }; 1158 1159 /** 1160 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1161 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1162 * or %NULL if not changed 1163 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1164 * or %NULL if not changed 1165 * @head_len: length of @head 1166 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1167 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1168 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1169 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1170 * frames or %NULL 1171 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1172 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1173 * Response frames or %NULL 1174 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1175 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1176 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1177 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1178 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1179 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1180 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1181 * (measurement type 8) 1182 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1183 * Token (measurement type 11) 1184 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1185 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1186 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1187 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1188 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1189 */ 1190 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1191 const u8 *head, *tail; 1192 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1193 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1194 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1195 const u8 *probe_resp; 1196 const u8 *lci; 1197 const u8 *civicloc; 1198 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1199 s8 ftm_responder; 1200 1201 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1202 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1203 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1204 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1205 size_t probe_resp_len; 1206 size_t lci_len; 1207 size_t civicloc_len; 1208 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1209 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1210 }; 1211 1212 struct mac_address { 1213 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1214 }; 1215 1216 /** 1217 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1218 * 1219 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1220 * entry specified by mac_addr 1221 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1222 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1223 */ 1224 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1225 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1226 int n_acl_entries; 1227 1228 /* Keep it last */ 1229 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1230 }; 1231 1232 /** 1233 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1234 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1235 * 1236 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1237 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1238 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1239 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1240 * frame headers. 1241 */ 1242 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1243 u32 min_interval; 1244 u32 max_interval; 1245 size_t tmpl_len; 1246 const u8 *tmpl; 1247 }; 1248 1249 /** 1250 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1251 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1252 * 1253 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1254 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1255 * scanning 1256 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1257 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1258 */ 1259 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1260 u32 interval; 1261 size_t tmpl_len; 1262 const u8 *tmpl; 1263 }; 1264 1265 /** 1266 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1267 * 1268 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1269 * 1270 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1271 * @beacon: beacon data 1272 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1273 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1274 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1275 * user space) 1276 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1277 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1278 * @crypto: crypto settings 1279 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1280 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1281 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1282 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1283 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1284 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1285 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1286 * MAC address based access control 1287 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1288 * networks. 1289 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1290 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1291 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1292 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1293 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1294 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1295 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1296 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1297 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1298 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1299 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1300 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1301 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1302 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1303 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1304 */ 1305 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1306 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1307 1308 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1309 1310 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1311 const u8 *ssid; 1312 size_t ssid_len; 1313 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1314 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1315 bool privacy; 1316 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1317 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1318 int inactivity_timeout; 1319 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1320 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1321 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1322 bool pbss; 1323 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1324 1325 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1326 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1327 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1328 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1329 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1330 bool twt_responder; 1331 u32 flags; 1332 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1333 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1334 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1335 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1336 }; 1337 1338 /** 1339 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1340 * 1341 * Used for channel switch 1342 * 1343 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1344 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1345 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1346 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1347 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1348 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1349 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1350 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1351 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1352 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1353 */ 1354 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1355 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1356 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1357 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1358 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1359 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1360 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1361 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1362 bool radar_required; 1363 bool block_tx; 1364 u8 count; 1365 }; 1366 1367 /** 1368 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1369 * 1370 * Used for bss color change 1371 * 1372 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1373 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1374 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1375 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1376 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1377 * @color: the color used after the change 1378 */ 1379 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1380 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1381 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1382 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1383 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1384 u8 count; 1385 u8 color; 1386 }; 1387 1388 /** 1389 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1390 * 1391 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1392 * 1393 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1394 * to use for verification 1395 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1396 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1397 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1398 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1399 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1400 * nl80211_iftype. 1401 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1402 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1403 * the verification 1404 */ 1405 struct iface_combination_params { 1406 int num_different_channels; 1407 u8 radar_detect; 1408 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1409 u32 new_beacon_int; 1410 }; 1411 1412 /** 1413 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1414 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1415 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1416 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1417 * 1418 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1419 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1420 */ 1421 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1422 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1423 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1424 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1425 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1426 }; 1427 1428 /** 1429 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1430 * 1431 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1432 * 1433 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1434 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1435 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1436 * power per-interface or per-station. 1437 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1438 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1439 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1440 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1441 * per peer TPC. 1442 */ 1443 struct sta_txpwr { 1444 s16 power; 1445 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1446 }; 1447 1448 /** 1449 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1450 * 1451 * Used to change and create a new station. 1452 * 1453 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1454 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1455 * (or NULL for no change) 1456 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1457 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1458 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1459 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1460 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1461 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1462 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1463 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1464 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1465 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1466 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1467 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1468 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1469 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1470 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1471 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1472 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1473 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1474 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1475 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1476 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1477 * to unknown) 1478 * @capability: station capability 1479 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1480 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1481 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1482 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1483 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1484 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1485 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1486 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1487 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1488 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1489 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1490 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1491 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1492 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1493 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1494 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1495 */ 1496 struct station_parameters { 1497 const u8 *supported_rates; 1498 struct net_device *vlan; 1499 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1500 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1501 int listen_interval; 1502 u16 aid; 1503 u16 vlan_id; 1504 u16 peer_aid; 1505 u8 supported_rates_len; 1506 u8 plink_action; 1507 u8 plink_state; 1508 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1509 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1510 u8 uapsd_queues; 1511 u8 max_sp; 1512 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1513 u16 capability; 1514 const u8 *ext_capab; 1515 u8 ext_capab_len; 1516 const u8 *supported_channels; 1517 u8 supported_channels_len; 1518 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1519 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1520 u8 opmode_notif; 1521 bool opmode_notif_used; 1522 int support_p2p_ps; 1523 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1524 u8 he_capa_len; 1525 u16 airtime_weight; 1526 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1527 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1528 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1529 u8 eht_capa_len; 1530 }; 1531 1532 /** 1533 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1534 * 1535 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1536 * 1537 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1538 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1539 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1540 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1541 */ 1542 struct station_del_parameters { 1543 const u8 *mac; 1544 u8 subtype; 1545 u16 reason_code; 1546 }; 1547 1548 /** 1549 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1550 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1551 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1552 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1553 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1554 * the AP MLME in the device 1555 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1556 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1557 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1558 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1559 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1560 * supported/used) 1561 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1562 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1563 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1564 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1565 */ 1566 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1567 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1568 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1569 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1570 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1571 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1572 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1573 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1574 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1575 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1576 }; 1577 1578 /** 1579 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1580 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1581 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1582 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1583 * 1584 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1585 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1586 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1587 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1588 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1589 */ 1590 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1591 struct station_parameters *params, 1592 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1593 1594 /** 1595 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1596 * 1597 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1598 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1599 * 1600 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1601 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1602 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1603 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1604 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1605 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1606 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1607 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1608 */ 1609 enum rate_info_flags { 1610 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1611 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1612 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1613 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1614 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1615 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1616 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1617 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1618 }; 1619 1620 /** 1621 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1622 * 1623 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1624 * 1625 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1626 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1627 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1628 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1629 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1630 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1631 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1632 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1633 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1634 */ 1635 enum rate_info_bw { 1636 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1637 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1638 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1639 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1640 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1641 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1642 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1643 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1644 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1645 }; 1646 1647 /** 1648 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1649 * 1650 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1651 * 1652 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1653 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1654 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1655 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1656 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1657 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1658 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1659 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1660 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1661 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1662 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1663 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1664 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1665 */ 1666 struct rate_info { 1667 u8 flags; 1668 u8 mcs; 1669 u16 legacy; 1670 u8 nss; 1671 u8 bw; 1672 u8 he_gi; 1673 u8 he_dcm; 1674 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1675 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1676 u8 eht_gi; 1677 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1678 }; 1679 1680 /** 1681 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1682 * 1683 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1684 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1685 * 1686 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1687 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1688 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1689 */ 1690 enum bss_param_flags { 1691 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1692 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1693 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1694 }; 1695 1696 /** 1697 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1698 * 1699 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1700 * 1701 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1702 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1703 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1704 */ 1705 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1706 u8 flags; 1707 u8 dtim_period; 1708 u16 beacon_interval; 1709 }; 1710 1711 /** 1712 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1713 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1714 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1715 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1716 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1717 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1718 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1719 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1720 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1721 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1722 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1723 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1724 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1725 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1726 */ 1727 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1728 u32 filled; 1729 u32 backlog_bytes; 1730 u32 backlog_packets; 1731 u32 flows; 1732 u32 drops; 1733 u32 ecn_marks; 1734 u32 overlimit; 1735 u32 overmemory; 1736 u32 collisions; 1737 u32 tx_bytes; 1738 u32 tx_packets; 1739 u32 max_flows; 1740 }; 1741 1742 /** 1743 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1744 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1745 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1746 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1747 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1748 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1749 * transmitted MSDUs 1750 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1751 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1752 */ 1753 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1754 u32 filled; 1755 u64 rx_msdu; 1756 u64 tx_msdu; 1757 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1758 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1759 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1760 }; 1761 1762 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1763 1764 /** 1765 * struct station_info - station information 1766 * 1767 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1768 * 1769 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1770 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1771 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1772 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1773 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1774 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1775 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1776 * @llid: mesh local link id 1777 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1778 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1779 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1780 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1781 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1782 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1783 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1784 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1785 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1786 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1787 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1788 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1789 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1790 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1791 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1792 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1793 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1794 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1795 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1796 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1797 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1798 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1799 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1800 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1801 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1802 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1803 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1804 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1805 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1806 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1807 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1808 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1809 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1810 * towards this station. 1811 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1812 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1813 * from this peer 1814 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1815 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1816 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1817 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1818 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1819 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1820 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1821 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1822 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1823 * been sent. 1824 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1825 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1826 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1827 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1828 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1829 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1830 */ 1831 struct station_info { 1832 u64 filled; 1833 u32 connected_time; 1834 u32 inactive_time; 1835 u64 assoc_at; 1836 u64 rx_bytes; 1837 u64 tx_bytes; 1838 u16 llid; 1839 u16 plid; 1840 u8 plink_state; 1841 s8 signal; 1842 s8 signal_avg; 1843 1844 u8 chains; 1845 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1846 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1847 1848 struct rate_info txrate; 1849 struct rate_info rxrate; 1850 u32 rx_packets; 1851 u32 tx_packets; 1852 u32 tx_retries; 1853 u32 tx_failed; 1854 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1855 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1856 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1857 1858 int generation; 1859 1860 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1861 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1862 1863 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1864 s64 t_offset; 1865 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1866 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1867 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1868 1869 u32 expected_throughput; 1870 1871 u64 tx_duration; 1872 u64 rx_duration; 1873 u64 rx_beacon; 1874 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1875 u8 connected_to_gate; 1876 1877 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1878 s8 ack_signal; 1879 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1880 1881 u16 airtime_weight; 1882 1883 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1884 u32 fcs_err_count; 1885 1886 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1887 1888 u8 connected_to_as; 1889 }; 1890 1891 /** 1892 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 1893 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 1894 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 1895 */ 1896 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 1897 s32 power; 1898 u32 freq_range_index; 1899 }; 1900 1901 /** 1902 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 1903 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 1904 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 1905 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 1906 */ 1907 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 1908 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1909 u32 num_sub_specs; 1910 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 1911 }; 1912 1913 1914 /** 1915 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 1916 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 1917 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 1918 */ 1919 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 1920 u32 start_freq; 1921 u32 end_freq; 1922 }; 1923 1924 /** 1925 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 1926 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 1927 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 1928 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 1929 * 1930 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 1931 * range to small ones and then append them. 1932 */ 1933 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 1934 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1935 u32 num_freq_ranges; 1936 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 1937 }; 1938 1939 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1940 /** 1941 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1942 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1943 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1944 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1945 * 1946 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1947 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1948 * considered undefined. 1949 */ 1950 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1951 struct station_info *sinfo); 1952 #else 1953 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1954 const u8 *mac_addr, 1955 struct station_info *sinfo) 1956 { 1957 return -ENOENT; 1958 } 1959 #endif 1960 1961 /** 1962 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1963 * 1964 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1965 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1966 * 1967 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1968 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1969 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1970 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1971 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1972 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1973 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1974 */ 1975 enum monitor_flags { 1976 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1977 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1978 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1979 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1980 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1981 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1982 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1983 }; 1984 1985 /** 1986 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1987 * 1988 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1989 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1990 * 1991 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1992 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1993 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1994 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1995 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1996 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1997 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1998 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1999 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2000 */ 2001 enum mpath_info_flags { 2002 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2003 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2004 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2005 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2006 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2007 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2008 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2009 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2010 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2011 }; 2012 2013 /** 2014 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2015 * 2016 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2017 * 2018 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2019 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2020 * @sn: target sequence number 2021 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2022 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2023 * @flags: mesh path flags 2024 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2025 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2026 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2027 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2028 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2029 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2030 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2031 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2032 */ 2033 struct mpath_info { 2034 u32 filled; 2035 u32 frame_qlen; 2036 u32 sn; 2037 u32 metric; 2038 u32 exptime; 2039 u32 discovery_timeout; 2040 u8 discovery_retries; 2041 u8 flags; 2042 u8 hop_count; 2043 u32 path_change_count; 2044 2045 int generation; 2046 }; 2047 2048 /** 2049 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2050 * 2051 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2052 * 2053 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2054 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2055 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2056 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2057 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2058 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2059 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2060 * (or NULL for no change) 2061 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2062 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2063 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2064 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2065 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2066 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2067 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2068 */ 2069 struct bss_parameters { 2070 int use_cts_prot; 2071 int use_short_preamble; 2072 int use_short_slot_time; 2073 const u8 *basic_rates; 2074 u8 basic_rates_len; 2075 int ap_isolate; 2076 int ht_opmode; 2077 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2078 }; 2079 2080 /** 2081 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2082 * 2083 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2084 * 2085 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2086 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2087 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2088 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2089 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2090 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2091 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2092 * mesh interface 2093 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2094 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2095 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2096 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2097 * elements 2098 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2099 * detect compatible mesh peers 2100 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2101 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2102 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2103 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2104 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2105 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2106 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2107 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2108 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2109 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2110 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2111 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2112 * element 2113 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2114 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2115 * element 2116 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2117 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2118 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2119 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2120 * announcements are transmitted 2121 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2122 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2123 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2124 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2125 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2126 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2127 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2128 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2129 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2130 * station to establish a peer link 2131 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2132 * 2133 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2134 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2135 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2136 * 2137 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2138 * PREQs are transmitted. 2139 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2140 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2141 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2142 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2143 * setting for new peer links. 2144 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2145 * after transmitting its beacon. 2146 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2147 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2148 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2149 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2150 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2151 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2152 * in the mesh path table 2153 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2154 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2155 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2156 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2157 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2158 */ 2159 struct mesh_config { 2160 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2161 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2162 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2163 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2164 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2165 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2166 u8 element_ttl; 2167 bool auto_open_plinks; 2168 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2169 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2170 u32 path_refresh_time; 2171 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2172 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2173 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2174 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2175 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2176 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2177 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2178 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2179 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2180 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2181 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2182 s32 rssi_threshold; 2183 u16 ht_opmode; 2184 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2185 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2186 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2187 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2188 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2189 u32 plink_timeout; 2190 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2191 }; 2192 2193 /** 2194 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2195 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2196 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2197 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2198 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2199 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2200 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2201 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2202 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2203 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2204 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2205 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2206 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2207 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2208 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2209 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2210 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2211 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2212 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2213 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2214 * to operate on DFS channels. 2215 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2216 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2217 * 2218 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2219 */ 2220 struct mesh_setup { 2221 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2222 const u8 *mesh_id; 2223 u8 mesh_id_len; 2224 u8 sync_method; 2225 u8 path_sel_proto; 2226 u8 path_metric; 2227 u8 auth_id; 2228 const u8 *ie; 2229 u8 ie_len; 2230 bool is_authenticated; 2231 bool is_secure; 2232 bool user_mpm; 2233 u8 dtim_period; 2234 u16 beacon_interval; 2235 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2236 u32 basic_rates; 2237 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2238 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2239 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2240 }; 2241 2242 /** 2243 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2244 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2245 * 2246 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2247 */ 2248 struct ocb_setup { 2249 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2250 }; 2251 2252 /** 2253 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2254 * @ac: AC identifier 2255 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2256 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2257 * 1..32767] 2258 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2259 * 1..32767] 2260 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2261 */ 2262 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2263 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2264 u16 txop; 2265 u16 cwmin; 2266 u16 cwmax; 2267 u8 aifs; 2268 }; 2269 2270 /** 2271 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2272 * 2273 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2274 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2275 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2276 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2277 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2278 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2279 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2280 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2281 * in the wiphy structure. 2282 * 2283 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2284 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2285 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2286 * 2287 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2288 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2289 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2290 * to userspace. 2291 */ 2292 2293 /** 2294 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2295 * @ssid: the SSID 2296 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2297 */ 2298 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2299 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2300 u8 ssid_len; 2301 }; 2302 2303 /** 2304 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2305 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2306 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2307 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2308 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2309 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2310 * userspace will be notified of that 2311 */ 2312 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2313 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2314 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2315 bool aborted; 2316 }; 2317 2318 /** 2319 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2320 * 2321 * @short_bssid: short ssid to scan for 2322 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2323 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2324 * which the above info relvant to 2325 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2326 * @short_ssid_valid: short_ssid is valid and can be used 2327 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2328 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2329 */ 2330 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2331 u32 short_ssid; 2332 u32 channel_idx; 2333 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2334 bool unsolicited_probe; 2335 bool short_ssid_valid; 2336 bool psc_no_listen; 2337 }; 2338 2339 /** 2340 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2341 * 2342 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2343 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2344 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2345 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2346 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2347 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2348 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2349 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2350 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2351 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2352 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2353 * %duration field. 2354 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2355 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2356 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2357 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2358 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2359 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2360 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2361 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2362 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2363 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2364 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2365 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2366 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2367 * true if this is the second scan request 2368 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2369 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2370 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2371 */ 2372 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2373 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2374 int n_ssids; 2375 u32 n_channels; 2376 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2377 const u8 *ie; 2378 size_t ie_len; 2379 u16 duration; 2380 bool duration_mandatory; 2381 u32 flags; 2382 2383 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2384 2385 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2386 2387 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2388 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2389 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2390 2391 /* internal */ 2392 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2393 unsigned long scan_start; 2394 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2395 bool notified; 2396 bool no_cck; 2397 bool scan_6ghz; 2398 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2399 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2400 2401 /* keep last */ 2402 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2403 }; 2404 2405 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2406 { 2407 int i; 2408 2409 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2410 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2411 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2412 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2413 } 2414 } 2415 2416 /** 2417 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2418 * 2419 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2420 * or no match (RSSI only) 2421 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2422 * or no match (RSSI only) 2423 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2424 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2425 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2426 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2427 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2428 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2429 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2430 * corresponding matchset. 2431 */ 2432 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2433 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2434 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2435 s32 rssi_thold; 2436 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2437 }; 2438 2439 /** 2440 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2441 * 2442 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2443 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2444 * infinite loop. 2445 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2446 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2447 */ 2448 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2449 u32 interval; 2450 u32 iterations; 2451 }; 2452 2453 /** 2454 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2455 * 2456 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2457 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2458 */ 2459 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2460 enum nl80211_band band; 2461 s8 delta; 2462 }; 2463 2464 /** 2465 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2466 * 2467 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2468 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2469 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2470 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2471 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2472 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2473 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2474 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2475 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2476 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2477 * (others are filtered out). 2478 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2479 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2480 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2481 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2482 * @dev: the interface 2483 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2484 * @channels: channels to scan 2485 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2486 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2487 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2488 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2489 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2490 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2491 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2492 * index must be executed first. 2493 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2494 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2495 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2496 * owned by a particular socket) 2497 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2498 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2499 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2500 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2501 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2502 * supported. 2503 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2504 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2505 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2506 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2507 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2508 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2509 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2510 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2511 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2512 * comparisions. 2513 */ 2514 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2515 u64 reqid; 2516 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2517 int n_ssids; 2518 u32 n_channels; 2519 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2520 const u8 *ie; 2521 size_t ie_len; 2522 u32 flags; 2523 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2524 int n_match_sets; 2525 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2526 u32 delay; 2527 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2528 int n_scan_plans; 2529 2530 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2531 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2532 2533 bool relative_rssi_set; 2534 s8 relative_rssi; 2535 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2536 2537 /* internal */ 2538 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2539 struct net_device *dev; 2540 unsigned long scan_start; 2541 bool report_results; 2542 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2543 u32 owner_nlportid; 2544 bool nl_owner_dead; 2545 struct list_head list; 2546 2547 /* keep last */ 2548 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2549 }; 2550 2551 /** 2552 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2553 * 2554 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2555 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2556 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2557 */ 2558 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2559 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2560 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2561 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2562 }; 2563 2564 /** 2565 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2566 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2567 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2568 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2569 * signal type 2570 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2571 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2572 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2573 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2574 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2575 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2576 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2577 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2578 * by %parent_bssid. 2579 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2580 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2581 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2582 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2583 */ 2584 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2585 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2586 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2587 s32 signal; 2588 u64 boottime_ns; 2589 u64 parent_tsf; 2590 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2591 u8 chains; 2592 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2593 }; 2594 2595 /** 2596 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2597 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2598 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2599 * @len: length of the IEs 2600 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2601 * @data: IE data 2602 */ 2603 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2604 u64 tsf; 2605 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2606 int len; 2607 bool from_beacon; 2608 u8 data[]; 2609 }; 2610 2611 /** 2612 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2613 * 2614 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2615 * for use in scan results and similar. 2616 * 2617 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2618 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2619 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2620 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2621 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2622 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2623 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2624 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2625 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2626 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2627 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2628 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2629 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2630 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2631 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2632 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2633 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2634 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2635 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2636 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2637 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2638 * (multi-BSSID support) 2639 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2640 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2641 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2642 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2643 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2644 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2645 */ 2646 struct cfg80211_bss { 2647 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2648 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2649 2650 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2651 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2652 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2653 2654 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2655 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2656 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2657 2658 s32 signal; 2659 2660 u16 beacon_interval; 2661 u16 capability; 2662 2663 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2664 u8 chains; 2665 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2666 2667 u8 bssid_index; 2668 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2669 2670 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2671 }; 2672 2673 /** 2674 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2675 * @bss: the bss to search 2676 * @id: the element ID 2677 * 2678 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2679 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2680 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2681 */ 2682 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2683 2684 /** 2685 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2686 * @bss: the bss to search 2687 * @id: the element ID 2688 * 2689 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2690 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2691 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2692 */ 2693 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2694 { 2695 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2696 } 2697 2698 2699 /** 2700 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2701 * 2702 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2703 * authentication. 2704 * 2705 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2706 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2707 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2708 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2709 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2710 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2711 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2712 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2713 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2714 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2715 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2716 * transaction sequence number field. 2717 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2718 */ 2719 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2720 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2721 const u8 *ie; 2722 size_t ie_len; 2723 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2724 const u8 *key; 2725 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2726 const u8 *auth_data; 2727 size_t auth_data_len; 2728 }; 2729 2730 /** 2731 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2732 * 2733 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2734 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2735 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2736 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2737 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2738 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2739 * request (connect callback). 2740 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 2741 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 2742 */ 2743 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2744 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2745 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2746 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2747 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2748 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 2749 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 2750 }; 2751 2752 /** 2753 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2754 * 2755 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2756 * (re)association. 2757 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2758 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2759 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2760 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2761 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2762 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2763 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2764 * @crypto: crypto settings 2765 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2766 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2767 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2768 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2769 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2770 * frame. 2771 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2772 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2773 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2774 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2775 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2776 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2777 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2778 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2779 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2780 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2781 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2782 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2783 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 2784 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 2785 */ 2786 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2787 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2788 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2789 size_t ie_len; 2790 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2791 bool use_mfp; 2792 u32 flags; 2793 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2794 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2795 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2796 const u8 *fils_kek; 2797 size_t fils_kek_len; 2798 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2799 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 2800 }; 2801 2802 /** 2803 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2804 * 2805 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2806 * deauthentication. 2807 * 2808 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2809 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2810 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2811 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2812 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2813 * do not set a deauth frame 2814 */ 2815 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2816 const u8 *bssid; 2817 const u8 *ie; 2818 size_t ie_len; 2819 u16 reason_code; 2820 bool local_state_change; 2821 }; 2822 2823 /** 2824 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2825 * 2826 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2827 * disassociation. 2828 * 2829 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2830 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2831 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2832 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2833 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2834 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2835 */ 2836 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2837 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2838 const u8 *ie; 2839 size_t ie_len; 2840 u16 reason_code; 2841 bool local_state_change; 2842 }; 2843 2844 /** 2845 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2846 * 2847 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2848 * method. 2849 * 2850 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2851 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2852 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2853 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2854 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2855 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2856 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2857 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2858 * @ie_len: length of that 2859 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2860 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2861 * after joining 2862 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2863 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2864 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2865 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2866 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2867 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2868 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2869 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2870 * to operate on DFS channels. 2871 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2872 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2873 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2874 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2875 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2876 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2877 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2878 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2879 */ 2880 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2881 const u8 *ssid; 2882 const u8 *bssid; 2883 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2884 const u8 *ie; 2885 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2886 u16 beacon_interval; 2887 u32 basic_rates; 2888 bool channel_fixed; 2889 bool privacy; 2890 bool control_port; 2891 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2892 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2893 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2894 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2895 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2896 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2897 int wep_tx_key; 2898 }; 2899 2900 /** 2901 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2902 * 2903 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2904 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2905 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2906 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2907 */ 2908 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2909 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2910 union { 2911 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2912 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2913 } param; 2914 }; 2915 2916 /** 2917 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2918 * 2919 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2920 * authentication and association. 2921 * 2922 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2923 * on scan results) 2924 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2925 * %NULL if not specified 2926 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2927 * results) 2928 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2929 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2930 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2931 * to use. 2932 * @ssid: SSID 2933 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2934 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2935 * @ie: IEs for association request 2936 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2937 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2938 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2939 * @crypto: crypto settings 2940 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2941 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2942 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2943 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2944 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2945 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2946 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2947 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2948 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2949 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2950 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2951 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2952 * networks. 2953 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2954 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2955 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2956 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2957 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2958 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2959 * frame. 2960 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2961 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2962 * data IE. 2963 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2964 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2965 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2966 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2967 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2968 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2969 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2970 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2971 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2972 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2973 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2974 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2975 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2976 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2977 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2978 */ 2979 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2980 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2981 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2982 const u8 *bssid; 2983 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2984 const u8 *ssid; 2985 size_t ssid_len; 2986 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2987 const u8 *ie; 2988 size_t ie_len; 2989 bool privacy; 2990 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2991 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2992 const u8 *key; 2993 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2994 u32 flags; 2995 int bg_scan_period; 2996 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2997 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2998 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2999 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3000 bool pbss; 3001 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3002 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3003 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3004 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3005 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3006 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3007 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3008 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3009 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3010 bool want_1x; 3011 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3012 }; 3013 3014 /** 3015 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3016 * 3017 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3018 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3019 * 3020 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3021 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3022 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3023 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3024 */ 3025 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3026 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3027 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3028 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3029 }; 3030 3031 /** 3032 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3033 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3034 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3035 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3036 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3037 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3038 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3039 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3040 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3041 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3042 */ 3043 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3044 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 3045 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 3046 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 3047 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 3048 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 3049 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 3050 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 3051 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 3052 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 3053 }; 3054 3055 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3056 3057 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3058 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3059 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3060 3061 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3062 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3063 3064 /** 3065 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3066 * 3067 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3068 * caching. 3069 * 3070 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3071 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3072 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3073 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3074 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3075 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3076 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3077 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3078 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3079 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3080 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3081 * %NULL). 3082 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3083 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3084 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3085 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3086 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3087 * used for it expires. 3088 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3089 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3090 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3091 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3092 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3093 */ 3094 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3095 const u8 *bssid; 3096 const u8 *pmkid; 3097 const u8 *pmk; 3098 size_t pmk_len; 3099 const u8 *ssid; 3100 size_t ssid_len; 3101 const u8 *cache_id; 3102 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3103 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3104 }; 3105 3106 /** 3107 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3108 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3109 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3110 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3111 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3112 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3113 * 3114 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3115 * memory, free @mask only! 3116 */ 3117 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3118 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3119 int pattern_len; 3120 int pkt_offset; 3121 }; 3122 3123 /** 3124 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3125 * 3126 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3127 * @src: source IP address 3128 * @dst: destination IP address 3129 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3130 * @src_port: source port 3131 * @dst_port: destination port 3132 * @payload_len: data payload length 3133 * @payload: data payload buffer 3134 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3135 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3136 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3137 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3138 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3139 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3140 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3141 */ 3142 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3143 struct socket *sock; 3144 __be32 src, dst; 3145 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3146 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3147 int payload_len; 3148 const u8 *payload; 3149 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3150 u32 data_interval; 3151 u32 wake_len; 3152 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3153 u32 tokens_size; 3154 /* must be last, variable member */ 3155 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3156 }; 3157 3158 /** 3159 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3160 * 3161 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3162 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3163 * operating as normal during suspend 3164 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3165 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3166 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3167 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3168 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3169 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3170 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3171 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3172 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3173 * NULL if not configured. 3174 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3175 */ 3176 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3177 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3178 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3179 rfkill_release; 3180 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3181 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3182 int n_patterns; 3183 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3184 }; 3185 3186 /** 3187 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3188 * 3189 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3190 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3191 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3192 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3193 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3194 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3195 */ 3196 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3197 int delay; 3198 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3199 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3200 int n_patterns; 3201 }; 3202 3203 /** 3204 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3205 * 3206 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3207 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3208 * @n_rules: number of rules 3209 */ 3210 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3211 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3212 int n_rules; 3213 }; 3214 3215 /** 3216 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3217 * 3218 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3219 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3220 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3221 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3222 * occurred (in MHz) 3223 */ 3224 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3225 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3226 int n_channels; 3227 u32 channels[]; 3228 }; 3229 3230 /** 3231 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3232 * 3233 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3234 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3235 * match information. 3236 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3237 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3238 */ 3239 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3240 int n_matches; 3241 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3242 }; 3243 3244 /** 3245 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3246 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3247 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3248 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3249 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3250 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3251 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3252 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3253 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3254 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3255 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3256 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3257 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3258 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3259 * it is. 3260 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3261 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3262 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3263 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3264 */ 3265 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3266 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3267 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3268 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3269 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3270 s32 pattern_idx; 3271 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3272 const void *packet; 3273 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3274 }; 3275 3276 /** 3277 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3278 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3279 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3280 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3281 * @kek_len: length of kek 3282 * @kck_len length of kck 3283 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3284 */ 3285 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3286 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3287 u32 akm; 3288 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3289 }; 3290 3291 /** 3292 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3293 * 3294 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3295 * 3296 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3297 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3298 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3299 */ 3300 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3301 u16 md; 3302 const u8 *ie; 3303 size_t ie_len; 3304 }; 3305 3306 /** 3307 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3308 * 3309 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3310 * 3311 * @chan: channel to use 3312 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3313 * @wait: duration for ROC 3314 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3315 * @len: buffer length 3316 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3317 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3318 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3319 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3320 */ 3321 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3322 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3323 bool offchan; 3324 unsigned int wait; 3325 const u8 *buf; 3326 size_t len; 3327 bool no_cck; 3328 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3329 int n_csa_offsets; 3330 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3331 }; 3332 3333 /** 3334 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3335 * 3336 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3337 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3338 */ 3339 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3340 u8 dscp; 3341 u8 up; 3342 }; 3343 3344 /** 3345 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3346 * 3347 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3348 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3349 */ 3350 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3351 u8 low; 3352 u8 high; 3353 }; 3354 3355 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3356 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3357 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3358 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3359 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3360 3361 /** 3362 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3363 * 3364 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3365 * 3366 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3367 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3368 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3369 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3370 */ 3371 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3372 u8 num_des; 3373 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3374 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3375 }; 3376 3377 /** 3378 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3379 * 3380 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3381 * 3382 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3383 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3384 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3385 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3386 */ 3387 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3388 u8 master_pref; 3389 u8 bands; 3390 }; 3391 3392 /** 3393 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3394 * configuration 3395 * 3396 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3397 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3398 */ 3399 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3400 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3401 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3402 }; 3403 3404 /** 3405 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3406 * 3407 * @filter: the content of the filter 3408 * @len: the length of the filter 3409 */ 3410 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3411 const u8 *filter; 3412 u8 len; 3413 }; 3414 3415 /** 3416 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3417 * 3418 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3419 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3420 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3421 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3422 * implementation specific. 3423 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3424 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3425 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3426 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3427 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3428 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3429 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3430 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3431 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3432 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3433 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3434 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3435 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3436 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3437 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3438 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3439 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3440 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3441 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3442 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3443 */ 3444 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3445 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3446 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3447 u8 publish_type; 3448 bool close_range; 3449 bool publish_bcast; 3450 bool subscribe_active; 3451 u8 followup_id; 3452 u8 followup_reqid; 3453 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3454 u32 ttl; 3455 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3456 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3457 bool srf_include; 3458 const u8 *srf_bf; 3459 u8 srf_bf_len; 3460 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3461 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3462 int srf_num_macs; 3463 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3464 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3465 u8 num_tx_filters; 3466 u8 num_rx_filters; 3467 u8 instance_id; 3468 u64 cookie; 3469 }; 3470 3471 /** 3472 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3473 * 3474 * @aa: authenticator address 3475 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3476 * @pmk: the PMK material 3477 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3478 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3479 * holds PMK-R0. 3480 */ 3481 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3482 const u8 *aa; 3483 u8 pmk_len; 3484 const u8 *pmk; 3485 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3486 }; 3487 3488 /** 3489 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3490 * 3491 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3492 * 3493 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3494 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3495 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3496 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3497 * authentication response command interface. 3498 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3499 * authentication response command interface. 3500 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3501 * authentication request event interface. 3502 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3503 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3504 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3505 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3506 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3507 */ 3508 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3509 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3510 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3511 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3512 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3513 u16 status; 3514 const u8 *pmkid; 3515 }; 3516 3517 /** 3518 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3519 * 3520 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3521 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3522 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3523 * answered 3524 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3525 * successfully answered 3526 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3527 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3528 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3529 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3530 * of how much time the responder was busy 3531 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3532 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3533 * the responder 3534 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3535 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3536 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3537 */ 3538 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3539 u32 filled; 3540 u32 success_num; 3541 u32 partial_num; 3542 u32 failed_num; 3543 u32 asap_num; 3544 u32 non_asap_num; 3545 u64 total_duration_ms; 3546 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3547 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3548 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3549 }; 3550 3551 /** 3552 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3553 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3554 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3555 * reason than just "failure" 3556 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3557 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3558 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3559 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3560 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3561 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3562 * by the responder 3563 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3564 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3565 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3566 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3567 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3568 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3569 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3570 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3571 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3572 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3573 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3574 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3575 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3576 * the square root of the variance) 3577 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3578 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3579 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3580 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3581 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3582 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3583 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3584 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3585 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3586 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3587 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3588 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3589 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3590 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3591 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3592 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3593 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3594 */ 3595 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3596 const u8 *lci; 3597 const u8 *civicloc; 3598 unsigned int lci_len; 3599 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3600 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3601 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3602 s16 burst_index; 3603 u8 busy_retry_time; 3604 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3605 u8 burst_duration; 3606 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3607 s32 rssi_avg; 3608 s32 rssi_spread; 3609 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3610 s64 rtt_avg; 3611 s64 rtt_variance; 3612 s64 rtt_spread; 3613 s64 dist_avg; 3614 s64 dist_variance; 3615 s64 dist_spread; 3616 3617 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3618 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3619 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3620 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3621 tx_rate_valid:1, 3622 rx_rate_valid:1, 3623 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3624 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3625 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3626 dist_avg_valid:1, 3627 dist_variance_valid:1, 3628 dist_spread_valid:1; 3629 }; 3630 3631 /** 3632 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3633 * @addr: address of the peer 3634 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3635 * measurement was made) 3636 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3637 * @status: status of the measurement 3638 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3639 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3640 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3641 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3642 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3643 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3644 */ 3645 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3646 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3647 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3648 3649 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3650 3651 u8 final:1, 3652 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3653 3654 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3655 3656 union { 3657 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3658 }; 3659 }; 3660 3661 /** 3662 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3663 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3664 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3665 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3666 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3667 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3668 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3669 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3670 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3671 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3672 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3673 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3674 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3675 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3676 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3677 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3678 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3679 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 3680 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 3681 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 3682 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 3683 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 3684 * 3685 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3686 */ 3687 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3688 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3689 u16 burst_period; 3690 u8 requested:1, 3691 asap:1, 3692 request_lci:1, 3693 request_civicloc:1, 3694 trigger_based:1, 3695 non_trigger_based:1, 3696 lmr_feedback:1; 3697 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3698 u8 burst_duration; 3699 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3700 u8 ftmr_retries; 3701 u8 bss_color; 3702 }; 3703 3704 /** 3705 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3706 * @addr: MAC address 3707 * @chandef: channel to use 3708 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3709 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3710 */ 3711 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3712 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3713 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3714 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3715 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3716 }; 3717 3718 /** 3719 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3720 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3721 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3722 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3723 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3724 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3725 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3726 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3727 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3728 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3729 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3730 * zero it means there's no timeout 3731 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3732 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3733 */ 3734 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3735 u64 cookie; 3736 void *drv_data; 3737 u32 n_peers; 3738 u32 nl_portid; 3739 3740 u32 timeout; 3741 3742 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3743 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3744 3745 struct list_head list; 3746 3747 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3748 }; 3749 3750 /** 3751 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3752 * 3753 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3754 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3755 * 3756 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3757 * 3758 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3759 * has to be done. 3760 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3761 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3762 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3763 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3764 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3765 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3766 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3767 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3768 */ 3769 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3770 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3771 u16 status; 3772 const u8 *ie; 3773 size_t ie_len; 3774 }; 3775 3776 /** 3777 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3778 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3779 * for the entire device 3780 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3781 * for the given interface 3782 * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3783 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3784 * for these subtypes 3785 */ 3786 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3787 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3788 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 3789 }; 3790 3791 /** 3792 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3793 * 3794 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3795 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3796 * 3797 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3798 * on success or a negative error code. 3799 * 3800 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 3801 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 3802 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 3803 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 3804 * 3805 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3806 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3807 * configured for the device. 3808 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3809 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3810 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3811 * the device. 3812 * 3813 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3814 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3815 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3816 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3817 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3818 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3819 * 3820 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3821 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3822 * 3823 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3824 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3825 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3826 * 3827 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3828 * when adding a group key. 3829 * 3830 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3831 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3832 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3833 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3834 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3835 * 3836 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3837 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3838 * 3839 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3840 * 3841 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3842 * 3843 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface 3844 * 3845 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3846 * 3847 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3848 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3849 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3850 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3851 * 3852 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3853 * @del_station: Remove a station 3854 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3855 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3856 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3857 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3858 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3859 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3860 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3861 * 3862 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3863 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3864 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3865 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3866 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3867 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3868 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3869 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3870 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3871 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3872 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3873 * 3874 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3875 * 3876 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3877 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3878 * set, and which to leave alone. 3879 * 3880 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3881 * 3882 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3883 * 3884 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3885 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3886 * join the mesh instead. 3887 * 3888 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3889 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3890 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3891 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3892 * 3893 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3894 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3895 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3896 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3897 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3898 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3899 * 3900 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3901 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3902 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3903 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3904 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3905 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3906 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3907 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3908 * 3909 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3910 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3911 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3912 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3913 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3914 * was received. 3915 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3916 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3917 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3918 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3919 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3920 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3921 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3922 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3923 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3924 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3925 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3926 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3927 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3928 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3929 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3930 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3931 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3932 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3933 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3934 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3935 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3936 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3937 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3938 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3939 * 3940 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3941 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3942 * to a merge. 3943 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3944 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3945 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3946 * 3947 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3948 * MESH mode) 3949 * 3950 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3951 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3952 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3953 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3954 * 3955 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3956 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3957 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3958 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3959 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3960 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3961 * return 0 if successful 3962 * 3963 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3964 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3965 * 3966 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3967 * 3968 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3969 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3970 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3971 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3972 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3973 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3974 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3975 * the duration value. 3976 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3977 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3978 * frame on another channel 3979 * 3980 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3981 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3982 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3983 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3984 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3985 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3986 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3987 * 3988 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3989 * 3990 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3991 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3992 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3993 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3994 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3995 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3996 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3997 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3998 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3999 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4000 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4001 * disabled.) 4002 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4003 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4004 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4005 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4006 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4007 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4008 * thresholds. 4009 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4010 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4011 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4012 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4013 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4014 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4015 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4016 * 4017 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4018 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4019 * 4020 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4021 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4022 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4023 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4024 * 4025 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4026 * 4027 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4028 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4029 * 4030 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4031 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4032 * 4033 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4034 * 4035 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4036 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4037 * current monitoring channel. 4038 * 4039 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4040 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4041 * 4042 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4043 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4044 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4045 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4046 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4047 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4048 * 4049 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4050 * 4051 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4052 * was finished on another phy. 4053 * 4054 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4055 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4056 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4057 * 4058 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4059 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4060 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4061 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4062 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4063 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4064 * 4065 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4066 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4067 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4068 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4069 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4070 * as soon as possible. 4071 * 4072 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4073 * 4074 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4075 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4076 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4077 * 4078 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4079 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4080 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4081 * account. 4082 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4083 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4084 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4085 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4086 * rejected) 4087 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4088 * 4089 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4090 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4091 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4092 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4093 * 4094 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4095 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4096 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4097 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4098 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4099 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4100 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4101 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4102 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4103 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4104 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4105 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4106 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4107 * provided @nan_func. 4108 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4109 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4110 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4111 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4112 * 4113 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4114 * 4115 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4116 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4117 * 4118 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4119 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4120 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4121 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4122 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4123 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4124 * 4125 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4126 * user space 4127 * 4128 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4129 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4130 * 4131 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4132 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4133 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4134 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4135 * 4136 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4137 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4138 * DH IE through this interface. 4139 * 4140 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4141 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4142 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4143 * This callback may sleep. 4144 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4145 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4146 * 4147 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4148 * 4149 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4150 * 4151 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4152 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4153 * Response frame. 4154 * 4155 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4156 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4157 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4158 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4159 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4160 * radar channel. 4161 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4162 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4163 */ 4164 struct cfg80211_ops { 4165 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4166 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4167 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4168 4169 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4170 const char *name, 4171 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4172 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4173 struct vif_params *params); 4174 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4175 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4176 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4177 struct net_device *dev, 4178 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4179 struct vif_params *params); 4180 4181 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4182 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4183 struct key_params *params); 4184 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4185 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4186 void *cookie, 4187 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4188 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4189 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 4190 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4191 struct net_device *netdev, 4192 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4193 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4194 struct net_device *netdev, 4195 u8 key_index); 4196 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4197 struct net_device *netdev, 4198 u8 key_index); 4199 4200 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4201 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4202 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4203 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4204 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4205 4206 4207 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4208 const u8 *mac, 4209 struct station_parameters *params); 4210 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4211 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4212 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4213 const u8 *mac, 4214 struct station_parameters *params); 4215 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4216 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4217 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4218 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4219 4220 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4221 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4222 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4223 const u8 *dst); 4224 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4225 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4226 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4227 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4228 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4229 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4230 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4231 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4232 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4233 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4234 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4235 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4236 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4237 struct net_device *dev, 4238 struct mesh_config *conf); 4239 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4240 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4241 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4242 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4243 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4244 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4245 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4246 4247 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4248 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4249 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4250 4251 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4252 struct bss_parameters *params); 4253 4254 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4255 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4256 4257 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4258 struct net_device *dev, 4259 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4260 4261 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4262 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4263 4264 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4265 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4266 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4267 4268 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4269 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4270 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4271 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4272 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4273 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4274 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4275 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4276 4277 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4278 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4279 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4280 struct net_device *dev, 4281 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4282 u32 changed); 4283 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4284 u16 reason_code); 4285 4286 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4287 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4288 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4289 4290 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4291 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4292 4293 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4294 4295 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4296 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4297 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4298 int *dbm); 4299 4300 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4301 4302 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4303 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4304 void *data, int len); 4305 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4306 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4307 void *data, int len); 4308 #endif 4309 4310 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4311 struct net_device *dev, 4312 const u8 *peer, 4313 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4314 4315 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4316 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4317 4318 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4319 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4320 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4321 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4322 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4323 4324 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4325 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4326 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4327 unsigned int duration, 4328 u64 *cookie); 4329 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4330 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4331 u64 cookie); 4332 4333 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4334 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4335 u64 *cookie); 4336 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4337 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4338 u64 cookie); 4339 4340 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4341 bool enabled, int timeout); 4342 4343 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4344 struct net_device *dev, 4345 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4346 4347 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4348 struct net_device *dev, 4349 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4350 4351 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4352 struct net_device *dev, 4353 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4354 4355 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4356 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4357 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4358 4359 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4360 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4361 4362 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4363 struct net_device *dev, 4364 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4365 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4366 u64 reqid); 4367 4368 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4369 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4370 4371 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4372 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 4373 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 4374 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4375 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4376 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4377 4378 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4379 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4380 4381 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4382 struct net_device *dev, 4383 u16 noack_map); 4384 4385 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4386 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4387 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4388 4389 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4390 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4391 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4392 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4393 4394 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4395 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4396 4397 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4398 struct net_device *dev, 4399 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4400 u32 cac_time_ms); 4401 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4402 struct net_device *dev); 4403 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4404 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4405 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4406 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4407 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4408 u16 duration); 4409 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4410 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4411 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4412 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4413 4414 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4415 struct net_device *dev, 4416 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4417 4418 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4419 struct net_device *dev, 4420 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4421 4422 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4423 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4424 4425 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4426 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4427 u16 admitted_time); 4428 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4429 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4430 4431 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4432 struct net_device *dev, 4433 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4434 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4435 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4436 struct net_device *dev, 4437 const u8 *addr); 4438 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4439 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4440 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4441 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4442 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4443 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4444 u64 cookie); 4445 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4446 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4447 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4448 u32 changes); 4449 4450 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4451 struct net_device *dev, 4452 const bool enabled); 4453 4454 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4455 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4456 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4457 4458 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4459 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4460 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4461 const u8 *aa); 4462 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4463 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4464 4465 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4466 struct net_device *dev, 4467 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4468 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4469 const bool noencrypt, 4470 u64 *cookie); 4471 4472 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4473 struct net_device *dev, 4474 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4475 4476 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4477 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4478 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4479 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4480 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4481 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4482 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4483 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4484 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4485 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4486 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4487 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4488 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4489 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4490 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4491 struct net_device *dev, 4492 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4493 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4494 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4495 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4496 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4497 }; 4498 4499 /* 4500 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4501 * and registration/helper functions 4502 */ 4503 4504 /** 4505 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4506 * 4507 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4508 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4509 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4510 * wiphy at all 4511 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4512 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4513 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4514 * reason to override the default 4515 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4516 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4517 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4518 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4519 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4520 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4521 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4522 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4523 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4524 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4525 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4526 * firmware. 4527 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4528 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4529 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4530 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4531 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4532 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4533 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4534 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4535 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4536 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4537 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4538 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4539 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4540 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4541 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4542 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4543 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4544 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4545 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4546 * before connection. 4547 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4548 */ 4549 enum wiphy_flags { 4550 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4551 /* use hole at 1 */ 4552 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4553 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4554 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4555 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4556 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4557 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4558 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4559 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4560 /* use hole at 11 */ 4561 /* use hole at 12 */ 4562 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4563 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4564 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4565 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4566 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4567 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4568 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4569 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4570 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4571 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4572 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4573 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4574 }; 4575 4576 /** 4577 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4578 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4579 * @types: interface types (bits) 4580 */ 4581 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4582 u16 max; 4583 u16 types; 4584 }; 4585 4586 /** 4587 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4588 * 4589 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4590 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4591 * 4592 * Examples: 4593 * 4594 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4595 * 4596 * .. code-block:: c 4597 * 4598 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4599 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4600 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4601 * }; 4602 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4603 * .limits = limits1, 4604 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4605 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4606 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4607 * }; 4608 * 4609 * 4610 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4611 * 4612 * .. code-block:: c 4613 * 4614 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4615 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4616 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4617 * }; 4618 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4619 * .limits = limits2, 4620 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4621 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4622 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4623 * }; 4624 * 4625 * 4626 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4627 * 4628 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4629 * 4630 * .. code-block:: c 4631 * 4632 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4633 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4634 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4635 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4636 * }; 4637 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4638 * .limits = limits3, 4639 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4640 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4641 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4642 * }; 4643 * 4644 */ 4645 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4646 /** 4647 * @limits: 4648 * limits for the given interface types 4649 */ 4650 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4651 4652 /** 4653 * @num_different_channels: 4654 * can use up to this many different channels 4655 */ 4656 u32 num_different_channels; 4657 4658 /** 4659 * @max_interfaces: 4660 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4661 */ 4662 u16 max_interfaces; 4663 4664 /** 4665 * @n_limits: 4666 * number of limitations 4667 */ 4668 u8 n_limits; 4669 4670 /** 4671 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4672 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4673 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4674 */ 4675 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4676 4677 /** 4678 * @radar_detect_widths: 4679 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4680 */ 4681 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4682 4683 /** 4684 * @radar_detect_regions: 4685 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4686 */ 4687 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4688 4689 /** 4690 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4691 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4692 * 4693 * = 0 4694 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4695 * > 0 4696 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4697 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4698 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4699 */ 4700 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4701 }; 4702 4703 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4704 u16 tx, rx; 4705 }; 4706 4707 /** 4708 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4709 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4710 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4711 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4712 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4713 * packet should be preserved in that case 4714 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4715 * (see nl80211.h) 4716 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4717 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4718 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4719 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4720 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4721 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4722 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4723 */ 4724 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4725 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4726 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4727 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4728 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4729 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4730 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4731 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4732 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4733 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4734 }; 4735 4736 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4737 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4738 u32 data_payload_max; 4739 u32 data_interval_max; 4740 u32 wake_payload_max; 4741 bool seq; 4742 }; 4743 4744 /** 4745 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4746 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4747 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4748 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4749 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4750 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4751 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4752 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4753 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4754 * scheduled scans. 4755 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4756 * details. 4757 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4758 */ 4759 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4760 u32 flags; 4761 int n_patterns; 4762 int pattern_max_len; 4763 int pattern_min_len; 4764 int max_pkt_offset; 4765 int max_nd_match_sets; 4766 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4767 }; 4768 4769 /** 4770 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4771 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4772 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4773 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4774 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4775 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4776 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4777 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4778 */ 4779 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4780 int n_rules; 4781 int max_delay; 4782 int n_patterns; 4783 int pattern_max_len; 4784 int pattern_min_len; 4785 int max_pkt_offset; 4786 }; 4787 4788 /** 4789 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4790 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4791 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4792 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4793 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4794 */ 4795 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4796 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4797 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4798 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4799 }; 4800 4801 /** 4802 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4803 * 4804 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4805 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4806 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4807 * 4808 */ 4809 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4810 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4811 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4812 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4813 }; 4814 4815 /** 4816 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4817 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4818 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4819 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4820 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4821 */ 4822 4823 struct sta_opmode_info { 4824 u32 changed; 4825 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4826 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4827 u8 rx_nss; 4828 }; 4829 4830 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4831 4832 /** 4833 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4834 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4835 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4836 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4837 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4838 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4839 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4840 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4841 * dumpit calls. 4842 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4843 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4844 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4845 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4846 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4847 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4848 * are used with dump requests. 4849 */ 4850 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4851 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4852 u32 flags; 4853 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4854 const void *data, int data_len); 4855 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4856 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4857 unsigned long *storage); 4858 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4859 unsigned int maxattr; 4860 }; 4861 4862 /** 4863 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4864 * @iftype: interface type 4865 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4866 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4867 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4868 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4869 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4870 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4871 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4872 */ 4873 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4874 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4875 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4876 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4877 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4878 }; 4879 4880 /** 4881 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4882 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4883 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4884 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4885 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4886 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4887 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4888 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4889 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4890 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4891 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4892 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4893 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4894 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4895 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4896 * not limited) 4897 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4898 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4899 */ 4900 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4901 unsigned int max_peers; 4902 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4903 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4904 4905 struct { 4906 u32 preambles; 4907 u32 bandwidths; 4908 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4909 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4910 u8 supported:1, 4911 asap:1, 4912 non_asap:1, 4913 request_lci:1, 4914 request_civicloc:1, 4915 trigger_based:1, 4916 non_trigger_based:1; 4917 } ftm; 4918 }; 4919 4920 /** 4921 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 4922 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 4923 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 4924 * 4925 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 4926 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 4927 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4928 */ 4929 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 4930 u16 iftypes_mask; 4931 const u32 *akm_suites; 4932 int n_akm_suites; 4933 }; 4934 4935 /** 4936 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4937 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 4938 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4939 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4940 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4941 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4942 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4943 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4944 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4945 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4946 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4947 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4948 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 4949 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 4950 * iftype_akm_suites. 4951 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4952 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 4953 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 4954 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 4955 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 4956 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 4957 * suites are specified separately. 4958 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4959 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4960 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4961 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4962 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4963 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4964 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4965 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4966 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4967 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4968 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4969 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4970 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4971 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4972 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4973 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4974 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4975 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4976 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4977 * unregister hardware 4978 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 4979 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 4980 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 4981 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 4982 * (see below). 4983 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4984 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4985 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4986 * must be set by driver 4987 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4988 * list single interface types. 4989 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4990 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4991 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4992 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4993 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4994 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4995 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4996 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4997 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4998 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4999 * this variable determines its size 5000 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5001 * any given scan 5002 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5003 * the device can run concurrently. 5004 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5005 * for in any given scheduled scan 5006 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5007 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5008 * supported. 5009 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5010 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5011 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5012 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5013 * scans 5014 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5015 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5016 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5017 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5018 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5019 * scan plan supported by the device. 5020 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5021 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5022 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5023 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5024 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5025 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5026 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5027 * 5028 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5029 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5030 * type 5031 * 5032 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5033 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5034 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5035 * 5036 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5037 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5038 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5039 * 5040 * @probe_resp_offload: 5041 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5042 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5043 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5044 * 5045 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5046 * may request, if implemented. 5047 * 5048 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5049 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5050 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5051 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5052 * 5053 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5054 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5055 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5056 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5057 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5058 * 5059 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5060 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5061 * 5062 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5063 * supports for ACL. 5064 * 5065 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5066 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5067 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5068 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5069 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5070 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5071 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5072 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5073 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5074 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5075 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5076 * capabilities are specified separately. 5077 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5078 * 5079 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5080 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5081 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5082 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5083 * 5084 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5085 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5086 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5087 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5088 * 5089 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5090 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5091 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5092 * infinite. 5093 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5094 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5095 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5096 * 5097 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5098 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5099 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5100 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5101 * 5102 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5103 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5104 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5105 * 5106 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5107 * wake_tx_queue 5108 * 5109 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5110 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5111 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5112 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5113 * 5114 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5115 * 5116 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5117 * device has 5118 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5119 * supported by the driver for each vif 5120 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5121 * supported by the driver for each peer 5122 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5123 * long/short retry configuration 5124 * 5125 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5126 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5127 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5128 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5129 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5130 * 5131 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5132 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5133 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5134 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5135 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5136 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5137 */ 5138 struct wiphy { 5139 struct mutex mtx; 5140 5141 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5142 5143 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5144 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5145 5146 struct mac_address *addresses; 5147 5148 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5149 5150 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5151 int n_iface_combinations; 5152 u16 software_iftypes; 5153 5154 u16 n_addresses; 5155 5156 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5157 u16 interface_modes; 5158 5159 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5160 5161 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5162 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5163 5164 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5165 5166 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5167 5168 int bss_priv_size; 5169 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5170 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5171 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5172 u8 max_match_sets; 5173 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5174 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5175 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5176 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5177 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5178 5179 int n_cipher_suites; 5180 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5181 5182 int n_akm_suites; 5183 const u32 *akm_suites; 5184 5185 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5186 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5187 5188 u8 retry_short; 5189 u8 retry_long; 5190 u32 frag_threshold; 5191 u32 rts_threshold; 5192 u8 coverage_class; 5193 5194 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5195 u32 hw_version; 5196 5197 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5198 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5199 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5200 #endif 5201 5202 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5203 5204 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5205 5206 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5207 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5208 5209 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5210 5211 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5212 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5213 5214 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5215 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5216 5217 const void *privid; 5218 5219 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5220 5221 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5222 struct regulatory_request *request); 5223 5224 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5225 5226 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5227 5228 struct device dev; 5229 5230 bool registered; 5231 5232 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5233 5234 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5235 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5236 5237 struct list_head wdev_list; 5238 5239 possible_net_t _net; 5240 5241 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5242 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5243 #endif 5244 5245 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5246 5247 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5248 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5249 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5250 5251 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5252 5253 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5254 5255 u32 bss_select_support; 5256 5257 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5258 5259 u32 txq_limit; 5260 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5261 u32 txq_quantum; 5262 5263 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5264 5265 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5266 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5267 5268 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5269 5270 struct { 5271 u64 peer, vif; 5272 u8 max_retry; 5273 } tid_config_support; 5274 5275 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5276 5277 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5278 5279 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5280 5281 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5282 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5283 5284 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5285 }; 5286 5287 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5288 { 5289 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5290 } 5291 5292 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5293 { 5294 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5295 } 5296 5297 /** 5298 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5299 * 5300 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5301 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5302 */ 5303 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5304 { 5305 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5306 return &wiphy->priv; 5307 } 5308 5309 /** 5310 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5311 * 5312 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5313 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5314 */ 5315 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5316 { 5317 BUG_ON(!priv); 5318 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5319 } 5320 5321 /** 5322 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5323 * 5324 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5325 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5326 */ 5327 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5328 { 5329 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5330 } 5331 5332 /** 5333 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5334 * 5335 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5336 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5337 */ 5338 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5339 { 5340 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5341 } 5342 5343 /** 5344 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5345 * 5346 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5347 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5348 */ 5349 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5350 { 5351 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5352 } 5353 5354 /** 5355 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5356 * 5357 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5358 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5359 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5360 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5361 * 5362 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5363 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5364 * 5365 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5366 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5367 */ 5368 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5369 const char *requested_name); 5370 5371 /** 5372 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5373 * 5374 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5375 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5376 * 5377 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5378 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5379 * 5380 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5381 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5382 */ 5383 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5384 int sizeof_priv) 5385 { 5386 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5387 } 5388 5389 /** 5390 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5391 * 5392 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5393 * 5394 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5395 */ 5396 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5397 5398 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5399 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5400 5401 /** 5402 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5403 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5404 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5405 * 5406 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5407 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5408 */ 5409 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5410 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5411 5412 /** 5413 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5414 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5415 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5416 * 5417 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5418 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5419 */ 5420 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5421 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5422 5423 /** 5424 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5425 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5426 */ 5427 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5428 5429 /** 5430 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5431 * 5432 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5433 * 5434 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5435 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5436 * request that is being handled. 5437 */ 5438 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5439 5440 /** 5441 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5442 * 5443 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5444 */ 5445 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5446 5447 /* internal structs */ 5448 struct cfg80211_conn; 5449 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5450 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5451 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5452 5453 /** 5454 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5455 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5456 * 5457 * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and 5458 * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls, 5459 * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is 5460 * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called. 5461 * 5462 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5463 */ 5464 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5465 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5466 { 5467 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5468 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5469 } 5470 5471 /** 5472 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5473 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5474 */ 5475 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5476 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5477 { 5478 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5479 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5480 } 5481 5482 /** 5483 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5484 * 5485 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5486 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5487 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5488 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5489 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5490 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5491 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5492 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5493 * 5494 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5495 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5496 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5497 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5498 * 5499 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5500 * @iftype: interface type 5501 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5502 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 5503 * for the notifier 5504 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5505 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5506 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5507 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5508 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5509 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 5510 * the user-set channel definition. 5511 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 5512 * track the channel to be used for AP later 5513 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5514 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5515 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5516 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5517 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5518 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5519 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5520 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5521 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5522 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5523 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5524 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5525 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5526 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5527 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5528 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5529 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5530 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5531 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5532 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5533 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5534 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5535 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5536 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5537 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5538 * and some API functions require it held 5539 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5540 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5541 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5542 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5543 * the P2P Device. 5544 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5545 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5546 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5547 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5548 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5549 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5550 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5551 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5552 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5553 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5554 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5555 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5556 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5557 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5558 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5559 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5560 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5561 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5562 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5563 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5564 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5565 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5566 * unprotected beacon report 5567 */ 5568 struct wireless_dev { 5569 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5570 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5571 5572 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5573 struct list_head list; 5574 struct net_device *netdev; 5575 5576 u32 identifier; 5577 5578 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5579 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5580 5581 struct mutex mtx; 5582 5583 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 5584 5585 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5586 5587 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5588 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5589 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 5590 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5591 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5592 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5593 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5594 5595 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5596 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5597 5598 struct list_head event_list; 5599 spinlock_t event_lock; 5600 5601 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 5602 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5603 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5604 5605 bool ps; 5606 int ps_timeout; 5607 5608 int beacon_interval; 5609 5610 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5611 5612 u32 owner_nlportid; 5613 bool nl_owner_dead; 5614 5615 bool cac_started; 5616 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5617 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5618 5619 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5620 /* wext data */ 5621 struct { 5622 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5623 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5624 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5625 const u8 *ie; 5626 size_t ie_len; 5627 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5628 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5629 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5630 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5631 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5632 } wext; 5633 #endif 5634 5635 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5636 5637 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5638 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5639 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5640 5641 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 5642 }; 5643 5644 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5645 { 5646 if (wdev->netdev) 5647 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5648 return wdev->address; 5649 } 5650 5651 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5652 { 5653 if (wdev->netdev) 5654 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5655 return wdev->is_running; 5656 } 5657 5658 /** 5659 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5660 * 5661 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5662 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5663 */ 5664 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5665 { 5666 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5667 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5668 } 5669 5670 /** 5671 * DOC: Utility functions 5672 * 5673 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5674 */ 5675 5676 /** 5677 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 5678 * 5679 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 5680 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 5681 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 5682 */ 5683 static inline bool 5684 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 5685 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 5686 { 5687 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 5688 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 5689 } 5690 5691 /** 5692 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 5693 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 5694 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 5695 */ 5696 static inline u32 5697 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5698 { 5699 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 5700 } 5701 5702 /** 5703 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 5704 * 5705 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 5706 * @chan: channel 5707 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 5708 */ 5709 enum nl80211_chan_width 5710 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 5711 5712 /** 5713 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 5714 * @chan: channel number 5715 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5716 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5717 */ 5718 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5719 5720 /** 5721 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5722 * @chan: channel number 5723 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5724 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5725 */ 5726 static inline int 5727 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 5728 { 5729 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 5730 } 5731 5732 /** 5733 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5734 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 5735 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5736 */ 5737 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 5738 5739 /** 5740 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5741 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 5742 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5743 */ 5744 static inline int 5745 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 5746 { 5747 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5748 } 5749 5750 /** 5751 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 5752 * frequency 5753 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5754 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 5755 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5756 */ 5757 struct ieee80211_channel * 5758 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 5759 5760 /** 5761 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5762 * 5763 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5764 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 5765 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5766 */ 5767 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 5768 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 5769 { 5770 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5771 } 5772 5773 /** 5774 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 5775 * @chan: control channel to check 5776 * 5777 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 5778 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 5779 */ 5780 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5781 { 5782 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 5783 return false; 5784 5785 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 5786 } 5787 5788 /** 5789 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5790 * 5791 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5792 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5793 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5794 * 5795 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5796 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5797 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5798 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5799 */ 5800 const struct ieee80211_rate * 5801 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5802 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5803 5804 /** 5805 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5806 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5807 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5808 * 5809 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5810 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5811 */ 5812 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5813 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5814 5815 /* 5816 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5817 * 5818 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5819 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 5820 */ 5821 5822 struct radiotap_align_size { 5823 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5824 }; 5825 5826 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5827 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5828 int n_bits; 5829 uint32_t oui; 5830 uint8_t subns; 5831 }; 5832 5833 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5834 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5835 int n_ns; 5836 }; 5837 5838 /** 5839 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5840 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5841 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5842 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5843 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5844 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5845 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5846 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5847 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5848 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5849 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5850 * radiotap namespace or not 5851 * 5852 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5853 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5854 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5855 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5856 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5857 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5858 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5859 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5860 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5861 * next bitmap word 5862 * 5863 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5864 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5865 */ 5866 5867 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5868 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5869 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5870 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5871 5872 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5873 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5874 5875 unsigned char *this_arg; 5876 int this_arg_index; 5877 int this_arg_size; 5878 5879 int is_radiotap_ns; 5880 5881 int _max_length; 5882 int _arg_index; 5883 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5884 int _reset_on_ext; 5885 }; 5886 5887 int 5888 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5889 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5890 int max_length, 5891 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5892 5893 int 5894 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5895 5896 5897 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5898 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5899 5900 /** 5901 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5902 * 5903 * @skb: the frame 5904 * 5905 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5906 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5907 * 5908 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5909 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5910 * 802.11 header. 5911 */ 5912 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5913 5914 /** 5915 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5916 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5917 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5918 */ 5919 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5920 5921 /** 5922 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5923 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5924 * (first byte) will be accessed 5925 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5926 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5927 */ 5928 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5929 5930 /** 5931 * DOC: Data path helpers 5932 * 5933 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5934 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5935 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5936 */ 5937 5938 /** 5939 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5940 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5941 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5942 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5943 * @addr: the device MAC address 5944 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5945 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5946 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5947 */ 5948 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5949 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5950 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 5951 5952 /** 5953 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5954 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5955 * @addr: the device MAC address 5956 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5957 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5958 */ 5959 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5960 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5961 { 5962 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 5963 } 5964 5965 /** 5966 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5967 * 5968 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5969 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5970 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5971 * 5972 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5973 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5974 * initialized by the caller. 5975 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5976 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5977 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5978 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5979 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5980 */ 5981 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5982 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5983 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5984 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5985 5986 /** 5987 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5988 * @skb: the data frame 5989 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5990 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5991 */ 5992 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5993 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5994 5995 /** 5996 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5997 * 5998 * @eid: element ID 5999 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6000 * @len: length of data 6001 * @match: byte array to match 6002 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6003 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 6004 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 6005 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 6006 * the data portion instead. 6007 * 6008 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6009 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6010 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6011 * requested element struct. 6012 * 6013 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6014 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6015 * byte array to match. 6016 */ 6017 const struct element * 6018 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6019 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6020 unsigned int match_offset); 6021 6022 /** 6023 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6024 * 6025 * @eid: element ID 6026 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6027 * @len: length of data 6028 * @match: byte array to match 6029 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6030 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6031 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6032 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6033 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6034 * the second byte is the IE length. 6035 * 6036 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6037 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6038 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6039 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6040 * element ID. 6041 * 6042 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6043 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6044 * byte array to match. 6045 */ 6046 static inline const u8 * 6047 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6048 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6049 unsigned int match_offset) 6050 { 6051 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6052 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6053 */ 6054 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6055 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6056 return NULL; 6057 6058 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6059 match, match_len, 6060 match_offset ? 6061 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6062 } 6063 6064 /** 6065 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6066 * 6067 * @eid: element ID 6068 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6069 * @len: length of data 6070 * 6071 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6072 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6073 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6074 * requested element struct. 6075 * 6076 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6077 * having to fit into the given data. 6078 */ 6079 static inline const struct element * 6080 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6081 { 6082 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6083 } 6084 6085 /** 6086 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6087 * 6088 * @eid: element ID 6089 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6090 * @len: length of data 6091 * 6092 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6093 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6094 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6095 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6096 * 6097 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6098 * having to fit into the given data. 6099 */ 6100 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6101 { 6102 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6103 } 6104 6105 /** 6106 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6107 * 6108 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6109 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6110 * @len: length of data 6111 * 6112 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 6113 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6114 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6115 * requested element struct. 6116 * 6117 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6118 * having to fit into the given data. 6119 */ 6120 static inline const struct element * 6121 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6122 { 6123 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6124 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6125 } 6126 6127 /** 6128 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6129 * 6130 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6131 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6132 * @len: length of data 6133 * 6134 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6135 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6136 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6137 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6138 * 6139 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6140 * having to fit into the given data. 6141 */ 6142 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6143 { 6144 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6145 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6146 } 6147 6148 /** 6149 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6150 * 6151 * @oui: vendor OUI 6152 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6153 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6154 * @len: length of data 6155 * 6156 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6157 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6158 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6159 * 6160 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6161 * the given data. 6162 */ 6163 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6164 const u8 *ies, 6165 unsigned int len); 6166 6167 /** 6168 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6169 * 6170 * @oui: vendor OUI 6171 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6172 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6173 * @len: length of data 6174 * 6175 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6176 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6177 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6178 * element ID. 6179 * 6180 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6181 * the given data. 6182 */ 6183 static inline const u8 * 6184 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6185 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6186 { 6187 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6188 } 6189 6190 /** 6191 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6192 * 6193 * @dev: network device 6194 * @addr: STA MAC address 6195 * 6196 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6197 * devices upon STA association. 6198 */ 6199 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6200 6201 /** 6202 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6203 * 6204 * TODO 6205 */ 6206 6207 /** 6208 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6209 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6210 * conflicts) 6211 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6212 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6213 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6214 * alpha2. 6215 * 6216 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6217 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6218 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6219 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6220 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6221 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6222 * 6223 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6224 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6225 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6226 * 6227 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6228 * an -ENOMEM. 6229 * 6230 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6231 */ 6232 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6233 6234 /** 6235 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6236 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6237 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6238 * 6239 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6240 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6241 * information. 6242 * 6243 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6244 */ 6245 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6246 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6247 6248 /** 6249 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6250 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6251 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6252 * 6253 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6254 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6255 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6256 * 6257 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6258 */ 6259 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6260 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6261 6262 /** 6263 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6264 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6265 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6266 * 6267 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6268 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6269 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6270 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6271 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6272 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6273 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6274 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6275 * that called this helper. 6276 */ 6277 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6278 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6279 6280 /** 6281 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6282 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6283 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6284 * 6285 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6286 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6287 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6288 * and processed already. 6289 * 6290 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6291 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6292 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6293 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6294 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6295 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6296 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6297 */ 6298 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6299 u32 center_freq); 6300 6301 /** 6302 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6303 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6304 * 6305 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6306 * proper string representation. 6307 */ 6308 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6309 6310 /** 6311 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6312 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6313 * 6314 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6315 */ 6316 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6317 6318 /** 6319 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6320 * 6321 */ 6322 6323 /** 6324 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6325 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6326 * 6327 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6328 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6329 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6330 * 6331 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6332 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6333 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6334 * 6335 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6336 * an -ENODATA. 6337 * 6338 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6339 */ 6340 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6341 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6342 6343 /* 6344 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6345 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6346 */ 6347 6348 /** 6349 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6350 * 6351 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6352 * @info: information about the completed scan 6353 */ 6354 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6355 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6356 6357 /** 6358 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6359 * 6360 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6361 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6362 */ 6363 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6364 6365 /** 6366 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6367 * 6368 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6369 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6370 * 6371 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6372 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6373 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6374 */ 6375 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6376 6377 /** 6378 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6379 * 6380 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6381 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6382 * 6383 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6384 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6385 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6386 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6387 */ 6388 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6389 6390 /** 6391 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6392 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6393 * @data: the BSS metadata 6394 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6395 * @len: length of the management frame 6396 * @gfp: context flags 6397 * 6398 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6399 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6400 * 6401 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6402 * Or %NULL on error. 6403 */ 6404 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6405 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6406 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6407 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6408 gfp_t gfp); 6409 6410 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6411 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6412 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6413 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6414 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6415 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6416 { 6417 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6418 .chan = rx_channel, 6419 .scan_width = scan_width, 6420 .signal = signal, 6421 }; 6422 6423 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6424 } 6425 6426 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6427 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6428 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6429 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6430 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6431 { 6432 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6433 .chan = rx_channel, 6434 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6435 .signal = signal, 6436 }; 6437 6438 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6439 } 6440 6441 /** 6442 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6443 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6444 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6445 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6446 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6447 */ 6448 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6449 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6450 { 6451 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6452 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6453 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6454 6455 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6456 6457 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6458 6459 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6460 } 6461 6462 /** 6463 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6464 * @element: element to check 6465 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6466 */ 6467 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6468 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6469 6470 /** 6471 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6472 * @ie: ies 6473 * @ielen: length of IEs 6474 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6475 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6476 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6477 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6478 */ 6479 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6480 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6481 const struct element *sub_elem, 6482 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6483 6484 /** 6485 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6486 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 6487 * from a beacon or probe response 6488 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 6489 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 6490 */ 6491 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 6492 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 6493 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 6494 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 6495 }; 6496 6497 /** 6498 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 6499 * @ie: IEs 6500 * @ielen: length of IEs 6501 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 6502 * @ftype: frame type 6503 * 6504 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 6505 */ 6506 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6507 enum nl80211_band band, 6508 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype); 6509 6510 /** 6511 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 6512 * 6513 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6514 * @data: the BSS metadata 6515 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 6516 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 6517 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 6518 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 6519 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 6520 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 6521 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 6522 * @gfp: context flags 6523 * 6524 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6525 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6526 * 6527 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6528 * Or %NULL on error. 6529 */ 6530 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6531 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6532 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6533 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6534 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6535 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6536 gfp_t gfp); 6537 6538 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6539 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6540 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6541 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6542 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6543 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6544 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6545 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6546 { 6547 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6548 .chan = rx_channel, 6549 .scan_width = scan_width, 6550 .signal = signal, 6551 }; 6552 6553 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6554 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6555 gfp); 6556 } 6557 6558 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6559 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6560 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6561 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6562 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6563 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6564 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6565 { 6566 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6567 .chan = rx_channel, 6568 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6569 .signal = signal, 6570 }; 6571 6572 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6573 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6574 gfp); 6575 } 6576 6577 /** 6578 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 6579 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6580 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 6581 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 6582 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 6583 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 6584 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 6585 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 6586 */ 6587 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6588 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6589 const u8 *bssid, 6590 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 6591 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 6592 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 6593 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 6594 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6595 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6596 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 6597 { 6598 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 6599 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 6600 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 6601 } 6602 6603 /** 6604 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 6605 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6606 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 6607 * 6608 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6609 */ 6610 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6611 6612 /** 6613 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 6614 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6615 * @bss: the BSS struct 6616 * 6617 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6618 */ 6619 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6620 6621 /** 6622 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6623 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6624 * @bss: the bss to remove 6625 * 6626 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6627 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6628 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6629 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6630 */ 6631 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6632 6633 /** 6634 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6635 * 6636 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6637 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6638 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6639 * 6640 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6641 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6642 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6643 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6644 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6645 */ 6646 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6647 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6648 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6649 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6650 void *data), 6651 void *iter_data); 6652 6653 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6654 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6655 { 6656 switch (chandef->width) { 6657 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6658 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6659 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6660 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6661 default: 6662 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6663 } 6664 } 6665 6666 /** 6667 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6668 * @dev: network device 6669 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6670 * @len: length of the frame data 6671 * 6672 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6673 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6674 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6675 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6676 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6677 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6678 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6679 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6680 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6681 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6682 * 6683 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6684 */ 6685 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6686 6687 /** 6688 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 6689 * @dev: network device 6690 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 6691 * 6692 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 6693 * mutex. 6694 */ 6695 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6696 6697 /** 6698 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6699 * @dev: network device 6700 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6701 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 6702 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6703 * @len: length of the frame data 6704 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6705 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6706 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6707 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6708 * 6709 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6710 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6711 * 6712 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6713 */ 6714 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6715 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6716 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6717 int uapsd_queues, 6718 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 6719 6720 /** 6721 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 6722 * @dev: network device 6723 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 6724 * 6725 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6726 */ 6727 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6728 6729 /** 6730 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 6731 * @dev: network device 6732 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 6733 * 6734 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 6735 * an association attempt was abandoned. 6736 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6737 */ 6738 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6739 6740 /** 6741 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6742 * @dev: network device 6743 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6744 * @len: length of the frame data 6745 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 6746 * 6747 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6748 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6749 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6750 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6751 */ 6752 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6753 bool reconnect); 6754 6755 /** 6756 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6757 * @dev: network device 6758 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 6759 * @len: length of the frame data 6760 * 6761 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6762 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6763 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 6764 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 6765 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 6766 * 6767 * This function may sleep. 6768 */ 6769 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6770 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6771 6772 /** 6773 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6774 * @dev: network device 6775 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6776 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6777 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6778 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6779 * @gfp: allocation flags 6780 * 6781 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6782 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6783 * primitive. 6784 */ 6785 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6786 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6787 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6788 6789 /** 6790 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6791 * 6792 * @dev: network device 6793 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6794 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6795 * @gfp: allocation flags 6796 * 6797 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6798 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6799 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6800 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6801 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6802 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6803 */ 6804 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6805 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6806 6807 /** 6808 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 6809 * candidate 6810 * 6811 * @dev: network device 6812 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6813 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6814 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6815 * @gfp: allocation flags 6816 * 6817 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6818 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6819 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6820 */ 6821 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6822 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6823 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6824 6825 /** 6826 * DOC: RFkill integration 6827 * 6828 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6829 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6830 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6831 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6832 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6833 * 6834 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6835 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6836 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6837 */ 6838 6839 /** 6840 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6841 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6842 * @blocked: block status 6843 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 6844 */ 6845 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 6846 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 6847 6848 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 6849 { 6850 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 6851 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 6852 } 6853 6854 /** 6855 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6856 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6857 */ 6858 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6859 6860 /** 6861 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6862 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6863 */ 6864 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6865 { 6866 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 6867 } 6868 6869 /** 6870 * DOC: Vendor commands 6871 * 6872 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6873 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6874 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6875 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6876 * the configuration mechanism. 6877 * 6878 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6879 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6880 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6881 * 6882 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6883 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6884 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6885 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6886 * managers etc. need. 6887 */ 6888 6889 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6890 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6891 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6892 int approxlen); 6893 6894 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6895 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6896 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6897 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6898 unsigned int portid, 6899 int vendor_event_idx, 6900 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6901 6902 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6903 6904 /** 6905 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6906 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6907 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6908 * be put into the skb 6909 * 6910 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6911 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6912 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6913 * 6914 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6915 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6916 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6917 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6918 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6919 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6920 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6921 * 6922 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6923 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6924 * 6925 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6926 */ 6927 static inline struct sk_buff * 6928 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6929 { 6930 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6931 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6932 } 6933 6934 /** 6935 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6936 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6937 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6938 * 6939 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6940 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6941 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6942 * skb regardless of the return value. 6943 * 6944 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6945 */ 6946 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6947 6948 /** 6949 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 6950 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6951 * 6952 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6953 * Valid to call only there. 6954 */ 6955 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6956 6957 /** 6958 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6959 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6960 * @wdev: the wireless device 6961 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6962 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6963 * be put into the skb 6964 * @gfp: allocation flags 6965 * 6966 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6967 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6968 * 6969 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6970 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6971 * attribute. 6972 * 6973 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6974 * skb to send the event. 6975 * 6976 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6977 */ 6978 static inline struct sk_buff * 6979 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6980 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6981 { 6982 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6983 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6984 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6985 } 6986 6987 /** 6988 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6989 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6990 * @wdev: the wireless device 6991 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6992 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6993 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6994 * be put into the skb 6995 * @gfp: allocation flags 6996 * 6997 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6998 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6999 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 7000 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 7001 * 7002 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7003 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7004 * attribute. 7005 * 7006 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7007 * skb to send the event. 7008 * 7009 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7010 */ 7011 static inline struct sk_buff * 7012 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7013 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7014 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 7015 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7016 { 7017 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7018 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7019 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7020 } 7021 7022 /** 7023 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7024 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7025 * @gfp: allocation flags 7026 * 7027 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7028 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7029 */ 7030 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7031 { 7032 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7033 } 7034 7035 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7036 /** 7037 * DOC: Test mode 7038 * 7039 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7040 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7041 * factory programming. 7042 * 7043 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 7044 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 7045 */ 7046 7047 /** 7048 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 7049 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7050 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7051 * be put into the skb 7052 * 7053 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7054 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7055 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 7056 * 7057 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 7058 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7059 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7060 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7061 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7062 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 7063 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 7064 * 7065 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 7066 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 7067 * 7068 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7069 */ 7070 static inline struct sk_buff * 7071 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7072 { 7073 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7074 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 7075 } 7076 7077 /** 7078 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 7079 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7080 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 7081 * 7082 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7083 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 7084 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 7085 * regardless of the return value. 7086 * 7087 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7088 */ 7089 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7090 { 7091 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7092 } 7093 7094 /** 7095 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7096 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7097 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7098 * be put into the skb 7099 * @gfp: allocation flags 7100 * 7101 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7102 * testmode multicast group. 7103 * 7104 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7105 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7106 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7107 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7108 * in any other way. 7109 * 7110 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7111 * skb to send the event. 7112 * 7113 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7114 */ 7115 static inline struct sk_buff * 7116 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7117 { 7118 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7119 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7120 approxlen, gfp); 7121 } 7122 7123 /** 7124 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7125 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7126 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7127 * @gfp: allocation flags 7128 * 7129 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7130 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7131 * consumes it. 7132 */ 7133 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7134 { 7135 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7136 } 7137 7138 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7139 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7140 #else 7141 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7142 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7143 #endif 7144 7145 /** 7146 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7147 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7148 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7149 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7150 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7151 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7152 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7153 * status for a FILS connection. 7154 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7155 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7156 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7157 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7158 */ 7159 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7160 const u8 *kek; 7161 size_t kek_len; 7162 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7163 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7164 const u8 *pmk; 7165 size_t pmk_len; 7166 const u8 *pmkid; 7167 }; 7168 7169 /** 7170 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7171 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7172 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7173 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7174 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7175 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7176 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7177 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7178 * case. 7179 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 7180 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7181 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7182 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7183 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7184 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7185 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7186 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7187 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7188 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7189 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7190 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7191 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7192 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7193 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7194 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7195 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7196 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7197 */ 7198 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7199 int status; 7200 const u8 *bssid; 7201 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7202 const u8 *req_ie; 7203 size_t req_ie_len; 7204 const u8 *resp_ie; 7205 size_t resp_ie_len; 7206 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7207 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7208 }; 7209 7210 /** 7211 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7212 * 7213 * @dev: network device 7214 * @params: connection response parameters 7215 * @gfp: allocation flags 7216 * 7217 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7218 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7219 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7220 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7221 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7222 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7223 */ 7224 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7225 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7226 gfp_t gfp); 7227 7228 /** 7229 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7230 * 7231 * @dev: network device 7232 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7233 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7234 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7235 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7236 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7237 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7238 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7239 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7240 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7241 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7242 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7243 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7244 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7245 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7246 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7247 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7248 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7249 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7250 * case. 7251 * @gfp: allocation flags 7252 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7253 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7254 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7255 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7256 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7257 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7258 * 7259 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7260 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7261 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7262 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7263 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7264 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7265 */ 7266 static inline void 7267 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7268 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7269 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7270 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7271 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7272 { 7273 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7274 7275 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7276 params.status = status; 7277 params.bssid = bssid; 7278 params.bss = bss; 7279 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7280 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7281 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7282 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7283 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7284 7285 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7286 } 7287 7288 /** 7289 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7290 * 7291 * @dev: network device 7292 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7293 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7294 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7295 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7296 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7297 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7298 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7299 * the real status code for failures. 7300 * @gfp: allocation flags 7301 * 7302 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7303 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7304 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7305 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7306 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7307 */ 7308 static inline void 7309 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7310 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7311 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7312 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7313 { 7314 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7315 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7316 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7317 } 7318 7319 /** 7320 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7321 * 7322 * @dev: network device 7323 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7324 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7325 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7326 * @gfp: allocation flags 7327 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7328 * 7329 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7330 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7331 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7332 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7333 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7334 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7335 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7336 */ 7337 static inline void 7338 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7339 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7340 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7341 { 7342 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7343 gfp, timeout_reason); 7344 } 7345 7346 /** 7347 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7348 * 7349 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 7350 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 7351 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 7352 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7353 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7354 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7355 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7356 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7357 */ 7358 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7359 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 7360 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7361 const u8 *bssid; 7362 const u8 *req_ie; 7363 size_t req_ie_len; 7364 const u8 *resp_ie; 7365 size_t resp_ie_len; 7366 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7367 }; 7368 7369 /** 7370 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 7371 * 7372 * @dev: network device 7373 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 7374 * @gfp: allocation flags 7375 * 7376 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 7377 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 7378 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 7379 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 7380 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 7381 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 7382 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 7383 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 7384 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 7385 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 7386 */ 7387 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 7388 gfp_t gfp); 7389 7390 /** 7391 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 7392 * 7393 * @dev: network device 7394 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7395 * @gfp: allocation flags 7396 * 7397 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 7398 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 7399 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 7400 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 7401 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 7402 * indicate the 802.11 association. 7403 */ 7404 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7405 gfp_t gfp); 7406 7407 /** 7408 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 7409 * 7410 * @dev: network device 7411 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 7412 * @ie_len: length of IEs 7413 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 7414 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 7415 * @gfp: allocation flags 7416 * 7417 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 7418 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 7419 */ 7420 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 7421 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 7422 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 7423 7424 /** 7425 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 7426 * @wdev: wireless device 7427 * @cookie: the request cookie 7428 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7429 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 7430 * channel 7431 * @gfp: allocation flags 7432 */ 7433 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7434 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7435 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 7436 7437 /** 7438 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 7439 * @wdev: wireless device 7440 * @cookie: the request cookie 7441 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7442 * @gfp: allocation flags 7443 */ 7444 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7445 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7446 gfp_t gfp); 7447 7448 /** 7449 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 7450 * @wdev: wireless device 7451 * @cookie: the requested cookie 7452 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 7453 * @gfp: allocation flags 7454 */ 7455 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7456 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 7457 7458 /** 7459 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 7460 * 7461 * @sinfo: the station information 7462 * @gfp: allocation flags 7463 */ 7464 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7465 7466 /** 7467 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 7468 * @sinfo: the station information 7469 * 7470 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 7471 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 7472 * the stack.) 7473 */ 7474 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 7475 { 7476 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 7477 } 7478 7479 /** 7480 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 7481 * 7482 * @dev: the netdev 7483 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7484 * @sinfo: the station information 7485 * @gfp: allocation flags 7486 */ 7487 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7488 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7489 7490 /** 7491 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7492 * @dev: the netdev 7493 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7494 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 7495 * @gfp: allocation flags 7496 */ 7497 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7498 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7499 7500 /** 7501 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7502 * 7503 * @dev: the netdev 7504 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7505 * @gfp: allocation flags 7506 */ 7507 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 7508 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 7509 { 7510 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 7511 } 7512 7513 /** 7514 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 7515 * 7516 * @dev: the netdev 7517 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7518 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 7519 * @gfp: allocation flags 7520 * 7521 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 7522 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 7523 * for some reasons, this function is called. 7524 * 7525 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 7526 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 7527 */ 7528 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7529 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 7530 gfp_t gfp); 7531 7532 /** 7533 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7534 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7535 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 7536 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7537 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7538 * @len: length of the frame data 7539 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7540 * 7541 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7542 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7543 * 7544 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7545 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7546 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7547 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7548 */ 7549 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 7550 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 7551 7552 /** 7553 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7554 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7555 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 7556 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7557 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7558 * @len: length of the frame data 7559 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7560 * 7561 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7562 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7563 * 7564 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7565 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7566 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7567 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7568 */ 7569 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 7570 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7571 u32 flags) 7572 { 7573 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len, 7574 flags); 7575 } 7576 7577 /** 7578 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 7579 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7580 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 7581 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7582 * @len: length of the frame data 7583 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7584 * @gfp: context flags 7585 * 7586 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 7587 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 7588 * transmission attempt. 7589 */ 7590 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7591 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 7592 7593 /** 7594 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 7595 * port frames 7596 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7597 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 7598 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 7599 * @len: length of the frame data 7600 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7601 * @gfp: context flags 7602 * 7603 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 7604 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 7605 * the transmission attempt. 7606 */ 7607 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7608 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 7609 gfp_t gfp); 7610 7611 /** 7612 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 7613 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7614 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 7615 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 7616 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 7617 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 7618 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 7619 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 7620 * 7621 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 7622 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 7623 * control port frames over nl80211. 7624 * 7625 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 7626 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 7627 * 7628 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 7629 */ 7630 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 7631 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 7632 7633 /** 7634 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 7635 * @dev: network device 7636 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 7637 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 7638 * @gfp: context flags 7639 * 7640 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 7641 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 7642 */ 7643 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7644 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 7645 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 7646 7647 /** 7648 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 7649 * @dev: network device 7650 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7651 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 7652 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 7653 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 7654 * @gfp: context flags 7655 */ 7656 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7657 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 7658 7659 /** 7660 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 7661 * @dev: network device 7662 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7663 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 7664 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 7665 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 7666 * @gfp: context flags 7667 * 7668 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 7669 * given interval is exceeded. 7670 */ 7671 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7672 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 7673 7674 /** 7675 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 7676 * @dev: network device 7677 * @gfp: context flags 7678 * 7679 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 7680 */ 7681 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 7682 7683 /** 7684 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 7685 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7686 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7687 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 7688 * @gfp: context flags 7689 * 7690 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 7691 */ 7692 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7693 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7694 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 7695 7696 static inline void 7697 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7698 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7699 gfp_t gfp) 7700 { 7701 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 7702 } 7703 7704 static inline void 7705 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7706 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7707 gfp_t gfp) 7708 { 7709 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 7710 } 7711 7712 /** 7713 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 7714 * @dev: network device 7715 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 7716 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 7717 * @gfp: context flags 7718 * 7719 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 7720 * frame. 7721 */ 7722 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 7723 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 7724 gfp_t gfp); 7725 7726 /** 7727 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 7728 * @netdev: network device 7729 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7730 * @event: type of event 7731 * @gfp: context flags 7732 * 7733 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 7734 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 7735 * also by full-MAC drivers. 7736 */ 7737 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7738 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7739 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 7740 7741 /** 7742 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 7743 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7744 * 7745 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 7746 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 7747 */ 7748 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7749 7750 /** 7751 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 7752 * @dev: network device 7753 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 7754 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 7755 * @gfp: allocation flags 7756 */ 7757 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7758 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 7759 7760 /** 7761 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 7762 * @dev: network device 7763 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 7764 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 7765 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 7766 * @gfp: allocation flags 7767 */ 7768 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 7769 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 7770 7771 /** 7772 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 7773 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7774 * @addr: the transmitter address 7775 * @gfp: context flags 7776 * 7777 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7778 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 7779 * sender. 7780 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7781 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7782 */ 7783 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7784 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7785 7786 /** 7787 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 7788 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7789 * @addr: the transmitter address 7790 * @gfp: context flags 7791 * 7792 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7793 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 7794 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 7795 * station to avoid event flooding. 7796 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7797 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7798 */ 7799 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7800 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7801 7802 /** 7803 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 7804 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 7805 * @addr: the address of the peer 7806 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 7807 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 7808 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 7809 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 7810 * @gfp: allocation flags 7811 */ 7812 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7813 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 7814 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 7815 7816 /** 7817 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 7818 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7819 * @frame: the frame 7820 * @len: length of the frame 7821 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 7822 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7823 * 7824 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7825 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7826 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7827 */ 7828 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 7829 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 7830 7831 /** 7832 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 7833 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7834 * @frame: the frame 7835 * @len: length of the frame 7836 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 7837 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7838 * 7839 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7840 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7841 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7842 */ 7843 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7844 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 7845 int freq, int sig_dbm) 7846 { 7847 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 7848 sig_dbm); 7849 } 7850 7851 /** 7852 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 7853 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7854 * @chandef: the channel definition 7855 * @iftype: interface type 7856 * 7857 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7858 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 7859 */ 7860 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7861 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7862 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7863 7864 /** 7865 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 7866 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7867 * @chandef: the channel definition 7868 * @iftype: interface type 7869 * 7870 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7871 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7872 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7873 * more permissive conditions. 7874 * 7875 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 7876 */ 7877 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7878 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7879 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7880 7881 /* 7882 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7883 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7884 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7885 * 7886 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7887 * driver context! 7888 */ 7889 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7890 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7891 7892 /* 7893 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7894 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7895 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7896 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7897 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 7898 * 7899 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7900 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7901 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7902 */ 7903 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7904 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7905 u8 count, bool quiet); 7906 7907 /** 7908 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7909 * 7910 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7911 * @band: band pointer to fill 7912 * 7913 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7914 */ 7915 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7916 enum nl80211_band *band); 7917 7918 /** 7919 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7920 * 7921 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7922 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7923 * 7924 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7925 */ 7926 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7927 u8 *op_class); 7928 7929 /** 7930 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 7931 * 7932 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7933 * 7934 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 7935 */ 7936 static inline u32 7937 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 7938 { 7939 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 7940 } 7941 7942 /* 7943 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7944 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7945 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7946 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7947 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7948 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7949 * @gfp: allocation flags 7950 * 7951 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7952 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7953 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7954 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7955 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7956 */ 7957 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7958 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7959 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7960 7961 /* 7962 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7963 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7964 * 7965 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7966 */ 7967 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7968 7969 /** 7970 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7971 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7972 * 7973 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 7974 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 7975 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 7976 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 7977 * is unbound from the driver. 7978 * 7979 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7980 */ 7981 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7982 7983 /** 7984 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 7985 * @dev: the netdev to register 7986 * 7987 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 7988 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 7989 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 7990 * instead as well. 7991 * 7992 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7993 */ 7994 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 7995 7996 /** 7997 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 7998 * @dev: the netdev to register 7999 * 8000 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8001 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 8002 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 8003 * usable instead as well. 8004 * 8005 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8006 */ 8007 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 8008 { 8009 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 8010 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 8011 #endif 8012 } 8013 8014 /** 8015 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 8016 * @ies: FT IEs 8017 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 8018 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 8019 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 8020 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 8021 */ 8022 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 8023 const u8 *ies; 8024 size_t ies_len; 8025 const u8 *target_ap; 8026 const u8 *ric_ies; 8027 size_t ric_ies_len; 8028 }; 8029 8030 /** 8031 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 8032 * @netdev: network device 8033 * @ft_event: IE information 8034 */ 8035 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8036 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 8037 8038 /** 8039 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 8040 * @ies: the input IE buffer 8041 * @len: the input length 8042 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 8043 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 8044 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 8045 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 8046 * 8047 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 8048 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 8049 * 8050 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 8051 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 8052 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 8053 */ 8054 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 8055 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 8056 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 8057 8058 /** 8059 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 8060 * @ies: the IE buffer 8061 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8062 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8063 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8064 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8065 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8066 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 8067 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 8068 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8069 * 8070 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8071 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8072 * split. 8073 * 8074 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8075 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8076 * 8077 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8078 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8079 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8080 * 8081 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8082 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8083 * of the buffer should be used. 8084 */ 8085 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8086 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 8087 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 8088 size_t offset); 8089 8090 /** 8091 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 8092 * @ies: the IE buffer 8093 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8094 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8095 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8096 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8097 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8098 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8099 * 8100 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8101 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8102 * split. 8103 * 8104 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8105 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8106 * 8107 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8108 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8109 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8110 * 8111 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8112 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8113 * of the buffer should be used. 8114 */ 8115 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8116 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 8117 { 8118 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 8119 } 8120 8121 /** 8122 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 8123 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 8124 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 8125 * @gfp: allocation flags 8126 * 8127 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 8128 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 8129 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 8130 * else caused the wakeup. 8131 */ 8132 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8133 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 8134 gfp_t gfp); 8135 8136 /** 8137 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 8138 * 8139 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 8140 * @gfp: allocation flags 8141 * 8142 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 8143 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 8144 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 8145 */ 8146 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 8147 8148 /** 8149 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 8150 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8151 * 8152 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 8153 */ 8154 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8155 8156 /** 8157 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 8158 * 8159 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8160 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8161 * 8162 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 8163 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 8164 * the interface combinations. 8165 */ 8166 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8167 struct iface_combination_params *params); 8168 8169 /** 8170 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 8171 * 8172 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8173 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8174 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 8175 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 8176 * 8177 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 8178 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 8179 * purposes. 8180 */ 8181 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8182 struct iface_combination_params *params, 8183 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 8184 void *data), 8185 void *data); 8186 8187 /* 8188 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 8189 * 8190 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8191 * @wdev: wireless device 8192 * @gfp: context flags 8193 * 8194 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 8195 * disconnected. 8196 * 8197 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 8198 */ 8199 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8200 gfp_t gfp); 8201 8202 /** 8203 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 8204 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 8205 * 8206 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 8207 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 8208 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 8209 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 8210 * 8211 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 8212 * the driver while the function is running. 8213 */ 8214 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8215 8216 /** 8217 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 8218 * 8219 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8220 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8221 * 8222 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8223 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8224 */ 8225 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8226 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8227 { 8228 u8 *ft_byte; 8229 8230 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8231 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 8232 } 8233 8234 /** 8235 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 8236 * 8237 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8238 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8239 * 8240 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8241 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8242 */ 8243 static inline bool 8244 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8245 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8246 { 8247 u8 ft_byte; 8248 8249 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8250 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 8251 } 8252 8253 /** 8254 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 8255 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 8256 * 8257 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 8258 */ 8259 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 8260 8261 /** 8262 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 8263 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 8264 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 8265 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 8266 * result. 8267 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 8268 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8269 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 8270 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 8271 * @info_len: the length of the &info 8272 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 8273 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 8274 */ 8275 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 8276 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 8277 u8 inst_id; 8278 u8 peer_inst_id; 8279 const u8 *addr; 8280 u8 info_len; 8281 const u8 *info; 8282 u64 cookie; 8283 }; 8284 8285 /** 8286 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 8287 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8288 * @match: match notification parameters 8289 * @gfp: allocation flags 8290 * 8291 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 8292 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 8293 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 8294 */ 8295 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8296 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 8297 8298 /** 8299 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 8300 * 8301 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8302 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8303 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 8304 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 8305 * @gfp: allocation flags 8306 * 8307 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 8308 */ 8309 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8310 u8 inst_id, 8311 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 8312 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 8313 8314 /* ethtool helper */ 8315 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 8316 8317 /** 8318 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 8319 * @netdev: network device 8320 * @params: External authentication parameters 8321 * @gfp: allocation flags 8322 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 8323 */ 8324 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 8325 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 8326 gfp_t gfp); 8327 8328 /** 8329 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 8330 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8331 * @req: the original measurement request 8332 * @result: the result data 8333 * @gfp: allocation flags 8334 */ 8335 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8336 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8337 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 8338 gfp_t gfp); 8339 8340 /** 8341 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 8342 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8343 * @req: the original measurement request 8344 * @gfp: allocation flags 8345 * 8346 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 8347 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 8348 */ 8349 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8350 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8351 gfp_t gfp); 8352 8353 /** 8354 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 8355 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8356 * @iftype: interface type 8357 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 8358 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 8359 * 8360 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 8361 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 8362 * check_swif is '1'. 8363 */ 8364 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 8365 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 8366 8367 8368 /** 8369 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 8370 * temporarly rejected with a comeback 8371 * @netdev: network device 8372 * @bss: the bss entry with which association is in progress. 8373 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 8374 * 8375 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8376 */ 8377 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 8378 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u32 timeout); 8379 8380 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 8381 8382 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 8383 8384 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 8385 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8386 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8387 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8388 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8389 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8390 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8391 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8392 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8393 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8394 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8395 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8396 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8397 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8398 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8399 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8400 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8401 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8402 8403 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8404 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8405 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8406 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8407 8408 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8409 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 8410 8411 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8412 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8413 8414 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 8415 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 8416 #else 8417 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8418 ({ \ 8419 if (0) \ 8420 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 8421 0; \ 8422 }) 8423 #endif 8424 8425 /* 8426 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 8427 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 8428 * file/line information and a backtrace. 8429 */ 8430 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8431 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 8432 8433 /** 8434 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 8435 * @netdev: network device 8436 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 8437 * @gfp: allocation flags 8438 */ 8439 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8440 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 8441 gfp_t gfp); 8442 8443 /** 8444 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 8445 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8446 */ 8447 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8448 8449 /** 8450 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 8451 * @dev: network device 8452 * @gfp: allocation flags 8453 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 8454 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8455 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8456 */ 8457 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp, 8458 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 8459 u64 color_bitmap); 8460 8461 /** 8462 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 8463 * @dev: network device 8464 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8465 */ 8466 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8467 u64 color_bitmap) 8468 { 8469 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8470 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 8471 0, color_bitmap); 8472 } 8473 8474 /** 8475 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 8476 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8477 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8478 * 8479 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 8480 */ 8481 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8482 u8 count) 8483 { 8484 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8485 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 8486 count, 0); 8487 } 8488 8489 /** 8490 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 8491 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8492 * 8493 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 8494 */ 8495 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8496 { 8497 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8498 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 8499 0, 0); 8500 } 8501 8502 /** 8503 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 8504 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 8505 * 8506 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 8507 */ 8508 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8509 { 8510 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8511 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 8512 0, 0); 8513 } 8514 8515 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 8516